background image

676 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 89.545 

(2) A petition to reconsider the re-

scission of the Administrator’s accept-
ance of a declaration of compliance 
must show that the petitioner is an in-
terested party and has been adversely 
affected by the decision of the FAA. 
The petition must also demonstrate at 
least one of the following: 

(i) The petitioner adduces a signifi-

cant additional fact not previously pre-
sented to the FAA. 

(ii) The Administrator made a mate-

rial error of fact in the decision to re-
scind acceptance of the declaration of 
compliance. 

(iii) The Administrator did not cor-

rectly interpret a law, regulation, or 
precedent. 

(3) Upon consideration of the infor-

mation submitted by the petitioner, 
the Administrator will notify the peti-
tioner and the person who submitted 
the declaration of compliance (if dif-
ferent) of the decision on whether to 
reinstate the Administrator’s accept-
ance of the declaration of compliance. 

(c) 

Inapplicability of part 13, subpart D, 

of this chapter. Part 13, subpart D, of 
this chapter does not apply to the pro-
cedures of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section. 

§ 89.545

Record retention. 

A person who submits a declaration 

of compliance under this subpart that 
is accepted by the Administrator must 
retain the following information for as 
long as the standard remote identifica-
tion unmanned aircraft or remote iden-
tification broadcast module listed on 
that declaration of compliance is pro-
duced plus an additional 24 calendar 
months, and must make available for 
inspection by the Administrator the 
following: 

(a) The means of compliance, all doc-

umentation, and substantiating data 
related to the means of compliance 
used. 

(b) Records of all test results. 
(c) Any other information necessary 

to demonstrate compliance with the 
means of compliance so that the stand-
ard remote identification unmanned 
aircraft or remote identification broad-
cast module meets the remote identi-
fication requirements and the design 
and production requirements of this 
part. 

PART 91—GENERAL OPERATING 

AND FLIGHT RULES 

S

PECIAL

F

EDERAL

A

VIATION

R

EGULATION

N

O

50–2 

S

PECIAL

F

EDERAL

A

VIATION

R

EGULATION

N

O

60 

S

PECIAL

F

EDERAL

A

VIATION

R

EGULATION

N

O

97 

S

PECIAL

F

EDERAL

A

VIATION

R

EGULATION

N

O

104 

Subpart A—General 

Sec. 
91.1

Applicability. 

91.3

Responsibility and authority of the 

pilot in command. 

91.5

Pilot in command of aircraft requiring 

more than one required pilot. 

91.7

Civil aircraft airworthiness. 

91.9

Civil aircraft flight manual, marking, 

and placard requirements. 

91.11

Prohibition on interference with crew-

members. 

91.13

Careless or reckless operation. 

91.15

Dropping objects. 

91.17

Alcohol or drugs. 

91.19

Carriage of narcotic drugs, marihuana, 

and depressant or stimulant drugs or 
substances. 

91.21

Portable electronic devices. 

91.23

Truth-in-leasing clause requirement in 

leases and conditional sales contracts. 

91.25

Aviation Safety Reporting Program: 

Prohibition against use of reports for en-
forcement purposes. 

91.27–91.99

[Reserved] 

Subpart B—Flight Rules 

G

ENERAL

 

91.101

Applicability. 

91.103

Preflight action. 

91.105

Flight crewmembers at stations. 

91.107

Use of safety belts, shoulder har-

nesses, and child restraint systems. 

91.109

Flight instruction; Simulated instru-

ment flight and certain flight tests. 

91.111

Operating near other aircraft. 

91.113

Right-of-way rules: Except water op-

erations. 

91.115

Right-of-way rules: Water operations. 

91.117

Aircraft speed. 

91.119

Minimum safe altitudes: General. 

91.121

Altimeter settings. 

91.123

Compliance with ATC clearances and 

instructions. 

91.125

ATC light signals. 

91.126

Operating on or in the vicinity of an 

airport in Class G airspace. 

91.127

Operating on or in the vicinity of an 

airport in Class E airspace. 

91.129

Operations in Class D airspace. 

91.130

Operations in Class C airspace. 

91.131

Operations in Class B airspace. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00686

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

677 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

Pt. 91 

91.133

Restricted and prohibited areas. 

91.135

Operations in Class A airspace. 

91.137

Temporary flight restrictions in the 

vicinity of disaster/hazard areas. 

91.138

Temporary flight restrictions in na-

tional disaster areas in the State of Ha-
waii. 

91.139

Emergency air traffic rules. 

91.141

Flight restrictions in the proximity 

of the Presidential and other parties. 

91.143

Flight limitation in the proximity of 

space flight operations. 

91.144

Temporary restriction on flight oper-

ations during abnormally high baro-
metric pressure conditions. 

91.145

Management of aircraft operations in 

the vicinity of aerial demonstrations and 
major sporting events. 

91.146

Passenger-carrying flights for the 

benefit of a charitable, nonprofit, or 
community event. 

91.147

Passenger carrying flights for com-

pensation or hire. 

91.148–91.149

[Reserved] 

V

ISUAL

F

LIGHT

R

ULES

 

91.151

Fuel requirements for flight in VFR 

conditions. 

91.153

VFR flight plan: Information re-

quired. 

91.155

Basic VFR weather minimums. 

91.157

Special VFR weather minimums. 

91.159

VFR cruising altitude or flight level. 

91.161

Special awareness training required 

for pilots flying under visual flight rules 
within a 60-nautical mile radius of the 
Washington, DC VOR/DME. 

91.162–91.165

[Reserved] 

I

NSTRUMENT

F

LIGHT

R

ULES

 

91.167

Fuel requirements for flight in IFR 

conditions. 

91.169

IFR flight plan: Information required. 

91.171

VOR equipment check for IFR oper-

ations. 

91.173

ATC clearance and flight plan re-

quired. 

91.175

Takeoff and landing under IFR. 

91.176

Straight-in landing operations below 

DA/DH or MDA using an enhanced flight 
vision system (EFVS) under IFR. 

91.177

Minimum altitudes for IFR oper-

ations. 

91.179

IFR cruising altitude or flight level. 

91.180

Operations within airspace des-

ignated as Reduced Vertical Separation 
Minimum airspace. 

91.181

Course to be flown. 

91.183

IFR communications. 

91.185

IFR operations: Two-way radio com-

munications failure. 

91.187

Operation under IFR in controlled 

airspace: Malfunction reports. 

91.189

Category II and III operations: Gen-

eral operating rules. 

91.191

Category II and Category III manual. 

91.193

Certificate of authorization for cer-

tain Category II operations. 

91.195–91.199

[Reserved] 

Subpart C—Equipment, Instrument, and 

Certificate Requirements 

91.201

[Reserved] 

91.203

Civil aircraft: Certifications required. 

91.205

Powered civil aircraft with standard 

category U.S. airworthiness certificates: 
Instrument and equipment requirements. 

91.207

Emergency locator transmitters. 

91.209

Aircraft lights. 

91.211

Supplemental oxygen. 

91.213

Inoperative instruments and equip-

ment. 

91.215

ATC transponder and altitude report-

ing equipment and use. 

91.217

Data correspondence between auto-

matically reported pressure altitude data 
and the pilot’s altitude reference. 

91.219

Altitude alerting system or device: 

Turbojet-powered civil airplanes. 

91.221

Traffic alert and collision avoidance 

system equipment and use. 

91.223

Terrain awareness and warning sys-

tem. 

91.225

Automatic Dependent Surveillance- 

Broadcast (ADS–B) Out equipment and 
use. 

91.227

Automatic Dependent Surveillance- 

Broadcast (ADS–B) Out equipment per-
formance requirements. 

91.228–91.299

[Reserved] 

Subpart D—Special Flight Operations 

91.301

[Reserved] 

91.303

Aerobatic flight. 

91.305

Flight test areas. 

91.307

Parachutes and parachuting. 

91.309

Towing: Gliders and unpowered ultra-

light vehicles. 

91.311

Towing: Other than under § 91.309. 

91.313

Restricted category civil aircraft: Op-

erating limitations. 

91.315

Limited category civil aircraft: Oper-

ating limitations. 

91.317

Provisionally certificated civil air-

craft: Operating limitations. 

91.319

Aircraft having experimental certifi-

cates: Operating limitations. 

91.321

Carriage of candidates in elections. 

91.323

Increased maximum certificated 

weights for certain airplanes operated in 
Alaska. 

91.325

Primary category aircraft: Operating 

limitations. 

91.326

[Reserved] 

91.327

Aircraft having a special airworthi-

ness certificate in the light-sport cat-
egory: Operating limitations. 

91.328–91.399

[Reserved] 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00687

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

678 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

Pt. 91 

Subpart E—Maintenance, Preventive 

Maintenance, and Alterations 

91.401

Applicability. 

91.403

General. 

91.405

Maintenance required. 

91.407

Operation after maintenance, preven-

tive maintenance, rebuilding, or alter-
ation. 

91.409

Inspections. 

91.410

[Reserved] 

91.411

Altimeter system and altitude report-

ing equipment tests and inspections. 

91.413

ATC transponder tests and inspec-

tions. 

91.415

Changes to aircraft inspection pro-

grams. 

91.417

Maintenance records. 

91.419

Transfer of maintenance records. 

91.421

Rebuilt engine maintenance records. 

91.423–91.499

[Reserved] 

Subpart F—Large and Turbine-Powered 

Multiengine Airplanes and Fractional 
Ownership Program Aircraft 

91.501

Applicability. 

91.503

Flying equipment and operating in-

formation. 

91.505

Familiarity with operating limita-

tions and emergency equipment. 

91.507

Equipment requirements: Over-the- 

top or night VFR operations. 

91.509

Survival equipment for overwater op-

erations. 

91.511

Communication and navigation 

equipment for overwater operations. 

91.513

Emergency equipment. 

91.515

Flight altitude rules. 

91.517

Passenger information. 

91.519

Passenger briefing. 

91.521

Shoulder harness. 

91.523

Carry-on baggage. 

91.525

Carriage of cargo. 

91.527

Operating in icing conditions. 

91.529

Flight engineer requirements. 

91.531

Second in command requirements. 

91.533

Flight attendant requirements. 

91.535

Stowage of food, beverage, and pas-

senger service equipment during aircraft 
movement on the surface, takeoff, and 
landing. 

91.537–91.599

[Reserved] 

Subpart G—Additional Equipment and Op-

erating Requirements for Large and 
Transport Category Aircraft 

91.601

Applicability. 

91.603

Aural speed warning device. 

91.605

Transport category civil airplane 

weight limitations. 

91.607

Emergency exits for airplanes car-

rying passengers for hire. 

91.609

Flight data recorders and cockpit 

voice recorders. 

91.611

Authorization for ferry flight with 

one engine inoperative. 

91.613

Materials for compartment interiors. 

91.615–91.699

[Reserved] 

Subpart H—Foreign Aircraft Operations 

and Operations of U.S.-Registered Civil 
Aircraft Outside of the United States; 
and Rules Governing Persons on Board 
Such Aircraft 

91.701

Applicability. 

91.702

Persons on board. 

91.703

Operations of civil aircraft of U.S. 

registry outside of the United States. 

91.705

[Reserved] 

91.706

Operations within airspace designed 

as Reduced Vertical Separation Min-
imum Airspace. 

91.707

Flights between Mexico or Canada 

and the United States. 

91.709

Operations to Cuba. 

91.711

Special rules for foreign civil air-

craft. 

91.713

Operation of civil aircraft of Cuban 

registry. 

91.715

Special flight authorizations for for-

eign civil aircraft. 

91.717–91.799

[Reserved] 

Subpart I—Operating Noise Limits 

91.801

Applicability: Relation to part 36. 

91.803

Part 125 operators: Designation of ap-

plicable regulations. 

91.805

Final compliance: Subsonic airplanes. 

91.807–91.813

[Reserved] 

91.815

Agricultural and fire fighting air-

planes: Noise operating limitations. 

91.817

Civil aircraft sonic boom. 

91.818

Special flight authorization to exceed 

Mach 1. 

91.819

Civil supersonic airplanes that do not 

comply with part 36. 

91.821

Civil supersonic airplanes: Noise lim-

its. 

91.823–91.849

[Reserved] 

91.851

Definitions. 

91.853

Final compliance: Civil subsonic air-

planes. 

91.855

Entry and nonaddition rule. 

91.857

Stage 2 operations outside of the 48 

contiguous United States. 

91.858

Special flight authorizations for non- 

revenue Stage 2 operations. 

91.859

Modification to meet Stage 3, Stage 

4, or Stage 5 noise levels. 

91.861

Base level. 

91.863

Transfers of Stage 2 airplanes with 

base level. 

91.865

Phased compliance for operators with 

base level. 

91.867

Phased compliance for new entrants. 

91.869

Carry-forward compliance. 

91.871

Waivers from interim compliance re-

quirements. 

91.873

Waivers from final compliance. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00688

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

679 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

Pt. 91 

91.875

Annual progress reports. 

91.877

Annual reporting of Hawaiian oper-

ations. 

91.879–91.880

[Reserved] 

91.881

Final compliance: Civil subsonic jet 

airplanes weighing 75,000 pounds or less. 

91.883

Special flight authorizations for jet 

airplanes weighing 75,000 pounds or less. 

91.884–91.899

[Reserved] 

Subpart J—Waivers 

91.901

[Reserved] 

91.903

Policy and procedures. 

91.905

List of rules subject to waivers. 

91.907–91.999

[Reserved] 

Subpart K—Fractional Ownership 

Operations 

91.1001

Applicability. 

91.1002

Compliance date. 

91.1003

Management contract between 

owner and program manager. 

91.1005

Prohibitions and limitations. 

91.1007

Flights conducted under part 121 or 

part 135 of this chapter. 

91.1009

Clarification of operational control. 

91.1011

Operational control responsibilities 

and delegation. 

91.1013

Operational control briefing and ac-

knowledgment. 

91.1014

Issuing or denying management 

specifications. 

91.1015

Management specifications. 

91.1017

Amending program manager’s man-

agement specifications. 

91.1019

Conducting tests and inspections. 

91.1021

Internal safety reporting and inci-

dent/accident response. 

91.1023

Program operating manual require-

ments. 

91.1025

Program operating manual contents. 

91.1027

Recordkeeping. 

91.1029

Flight scheduling and locating re-

quirements. 

91.1031

Pilot in command or second in com-

mand: Designation required. 

91.1033

Operating information required. 

91.1035

Passenger awareness. 

91.1037

Large transport category airplanes: 

Turbine engine powered; Limitations; 
Destination and alternate airports. 

91.1039

IFR takeoff, approach and landing 

minimums. 

91.1041

Aircraft proving and validation 

tests. 

91.1043

[Reserved] 

91.1045

Additional equipment requirements. 

91.1047

Drug and alcohol misuse education 

program. 

91.1049

Personnel. 

91.1050

Employment of former FAA employ-

ees. 

91.1051

Pilot safety background check. 

91.1053

Crewmember experience. 

91.1055

Pilot operating limitations and pair-

ing requirement. 

91.1057

Flight, duty and rest time require-

ments; All crewmembers. 

91.1059

Flight time limitations and rest re-

quirements: One or two pilot crews. 

91.1061

Augmented flight crews. 

91.1062

Duty periods and rest requirements: 

Flight attendants. 

91.1063

Testing and training: Applicability 

and terms used. 

91.1065

Initial and recurrent pilot testing 

requirements. 

91.1067

Initial and recurrent flight attend-

ant crewmember testing requirements. 

91.1069

Flight crew: Instrument proficiency 

check requirements. 

91.1071

Crewmember: Tests and checks, 

grace provisions, training to accepted 
standards. 

91.1073

Training program: General. 

91.1075

Training program: Special rules. 

91.1077

Training program and revision: Ini-

tial and final approval. 

91.1079

Training program: Curriculum. 

91.1081

Crewmember training requirements. 

91.1083

Crewmember emergency training. 

91.1085

Hazardous materials recognition 

training. 

91.1087

Approval of aircraft simulators and 

other training device. 

91.1089

Qualifications: Check pilots (air-

craft) and check pilots (simulator). 

91.1091

Qualifications: Flight instructors 

(aircraft) and flight instructors (simu-
lator). 

91.1093

Initial and transition training and 

checking: Check pilots (aircraft), check 
pilots (simulator). 

91.1095

Initial and transition training and 

checking: Flight instructors (aircraft), 
flight instructors (simulator). 

91.1097

Pilot and flight attendant crew-

member training programs. 

91.1099

Crewmember initial and recurrent 

training requirements. 

91.1101

Pilots: Initial, transition, and up-

grade ground training. 

91.1103

Pilots: Initial, transition, upgrade, 

requalification, and differences flight 
training. 

91.1105

Flight attendants: Initial and transi-

tion ground training. 

91.1107

Recurrent training. 

91.1109

Aircraft maintenance: Inspection 

program. 

91.1111

Maintenance training. 

91.1113

Maintenance recordkeeping. 

91.1115

Inoperable instruments and equip-

ment. 

91.1411

Continuous airworthiness mainte-

nance program use by fractional owner-
ship program manager. 

91.1413

CAMP: Responsibility for airworthi-

ness. 

91.1415

CAMP: Mechanical reliability re-

ports. 

91.1417

CAMP: Mechanical interruption 

summary report. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00689

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

680 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

Pt. 91, SFAR No. 50–2 

91.1423

CAMP: Maintenance organization. 

91.1425

CAMP: Maintenance, preventive 

maintenance, and alteration programs. 

91.1427

CAMP: Manual requirements. 

91.1429

CAMP: Required inspection per-

sonnel. 

91.1431

CAMP: Continuing analysis and sur-

veillance. 

91.1433

CAMP: Maintenance and preventive 

maintenance training program. 

91.1435

CAMP: Certificate requirements. 

91.1437

CAMP: Authority to perform and ap-

prove maintenance. 

91.1439

CAMP: Maintenance recording re-

quirements. 

91.1441

CAMP: Transfer of maintenance 

records. 

91.1443

CAMP: Airworthiness release or air-

craft maintenance log entry. 

Subpart L—Continued Airworthiness and 

Safety Improvements 

91.1501

Purpose and definition. 

91.1503

[Reserved] 

91.1505

Repairs assessment for pressurized 

fuselages. 

91.1507

Fuel tank system inspection pro-

gram. 

Subpart M—Special Federal Aviation 

Regulations 

91.1603

Special Federal Aviation Regulation 

No. 112—Prohibition Against Certain 
Flights in the Territory and Airspace of 
Libya. 

91.1605

Special Federal Aviation Regulation 

No. 77—Prohibition Against Certain 
Flights in the Baghdad Flight Informa-
tion Region (FIR) (ORBB). 

91.1607

[Reserved] 

§ 91.1609

Special Federal Aviation Regula-

tion No. 114—Prohibition Against Cer-
tain Flights in the Damascus Flight In-
formation Region (FIR) (OSTT). 

91.1611

Special Federal Aviation Regulation 

No. 115—Prohibition Against Certain 
Flights in Specified Areas of the Sanaa 
Flight Information Region (FIR) (OYSC). 

91.1613

Special Federal Aviation Regulation 

No. 107—Prohibition Against Certain 
Flights in the Territory and Airspace of 
Somalia. 

91.1615

Special Federal Aviation Regulation 

No. 79—Prohibition Against Certain 
Flights in the Pyongyang Flight Infor-
mation Region (FIR) (ZKKP). 

91.1617

Special Federal Aviation Regulation 

No. 117—Prohibition Against Certain 
Flights in the Tehran Flight Information 
Region (FIR) (OIIX). 

91.1619

Special Federal Aviation Regulation 

No. 119—Prohibition Against Certain 

Flights in the Kabul Flight Information 
Region (FIR) (OAKX). 

Subpart N—Mitsubishi MU–2B Series Spe-

cial Training, Experience, and Oper-
ating Requirements 

91.1701

Applicability. 

91.1703

Compliance and eligibility. 

91.1705

Required pilot training. 

91.1707

Training program hours. 

91.1709

Training program approval. 

91.1711

Aeronautical experience. 

91.1713

Instruction, checking, and evalua-

tion. 

91.1715

Currency requirements and flight re-

view. 

91.1717

Operating requirements. 

91.1719

Credit for prior training. 

91.1721

Incorporation by reference. 

A

PPENDIX

TO

P

ART

91—C

ATEGORY

II O

PER

-

ATIONS

: M

ANUAL

, I

NSTRUMENTS

, E

QUIP

-

MENT

AND

M

AINTENANCE

 

A

PPENDIXES

B—C 

TO

P

ART

91 [R

ESERVED

A

PPENDIX

TO

P

ART

91—A

IRPORTS

/L

OCA

-

TIONS

: S

PECIAL

O

PERATING

R

ESTRICTIONS

 

A

PPENDIX

TO

P

ART

91—A

IRPLANE

F

LIGHT

 

R

ECORDER

S

PECIFICATIONS

 

A

PPENDIX

TO

P

ART

91—H

ELICOPTER

F

LIGHT

 

R

ECORDER

S

PECIFICATIONS

 

A

PPENDIX

TO

P

ART

91—O

PERATIONS IN

R

E

-

DUCED

V

ERTICAL

S

EPARATION

M

INIMUM

 

(RVSM) A

IRSPACE

 

A

UTHORITY

: 49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40101, 

40103, 40105, 40113, 40120, 44101, 44111, 44701, 
44704, 44709, 44711, 44712, 44715, 44716, 44717, 
44722, 46306, 46315, 46316, 46504, 46506–46507, 
47122, 47508, 47528–47531, 47534, Pub. L. 114–190, 
130 Stat. 615 (49 U.S.C. 44703 note); articles 12 
and 29 of the Convention on International 
Civil Aviation (61 Stat. 1180), (126 Stat. 11). 

S

PECIAL

F

EDERAL

A

VIATION

R

EGULATION

 

N

O

. 50–2—S

PECIAL

F

LIGHT

R

ULES IN

 

THE

V

ICINITY OF THE

G

RAND

C

ANYON

 

N

ATIONAL

P

ARK

, AZ 

Section 1. Applicability. This rule prescribes 

special operating rules for all persons oper-
ating aircraft in the following airspace, des-
ignated as the Grand Canyon National Park 
Special Flight Rules Area: 

That airspace extending upward from the 

surface up to but not including 14,500 feet 
MSL within an area bounded by a line begin-
ning at lat. 36

°

09

30

″ 

N., long. 114

°

03

00

″ 

W.; 

northeast to lat. 36

°

14

00

″ 

N., long. 113

°

09

50

″ 

W.; thence northeast along the boundary of 
the Grand Canyon National Park to lat. 
36

°

24

47

″ 

N., long. 112

°

52

00

″ 

W.; to lat. 36

°

30

30

″ 

N., long. 112

°

36

15

″ 

W. to lat. 36

°

21

30

″ 

N., long. 

112

°

00

00

″ 

W. to lat. 36

°

35

30

″ 

N., long. 111

°

53

10

″ 

W., to lat. 36

°

53

00

″ 

N., long. 111

°

36

45

″ 

W. to 

lat. 36

°

53

00

″ 

N., long. 111

°

33

00

″ 

W.; to lat. 

36

°

19

00

″ 

N., long. 111

°

50

50

″ 

W.; to lat. 36

°

17

00

″ 

N., long. 111

°

42

00

″ 

W.; to lat. 35

°

59

30

″ 

N., 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00690

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8002

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

681 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

Pt. 91, SFAR No. 50–2 

long. 111

°

42

00

″ 

W.; to lat. 35

°

57

30

″ 

N., long. 

112

°

03

55

″ 

W.; thence counterclockwise via the 

5 statute mile radius of the Grand Canyon 
Airport airport reference point (lat. 35

°

57

09

″ 

N., long. 112

°

08

47

″ 

W.) to lat. 35

°

57

30

″ 

N., 

long. 112

°

14

00

″ 

W.; to lat. 35

°

57

30

″ 

N., long. 

113

°

11

00

″ 

W.; to lat. 35

°

42

30

″ 

N., long. 

113

°

11

00

″ 

W.; to 35

°

38

30

″ 

N.; long. 113

°

27

30

″ 

W.; thence counterclockwise via the 5 stat-
ute mile radius of the Peach Springs 
VORTAC to lat. 35

°

41

20

″ 

N., long. 113

°

36

00

″ 

W.; to lat. 35

°

55

25

″ 

N., long. 113

°

49

10

″ 

W.; to 

lat. 35

°

57

45

″ 

N., 113

°

45

20

″ 

W.; thence north-

west along the park boundary to lat. 36

°

02

20

″ 

N., long. 113

°

50

15

″ 

W.; to 36

°

00

10

″ 

N., long. 

113

°

53

45

″ 

W.; thence to the point of begin-

ning. 

Section 3. Aircraft operations: general. Ex-

cept in an emergency, no person may operate 
an aircraft in the Special Flight Rules, Area 
under VFR on or after September 22, 1988, or 
under IFR on or after April 6, 1989, unless the 
operation— 

(a) Is conducted in accordance with the fol-

lowing procedures: 

N

OTE

: The following procedures do not re-

lieve the pilot from see-and-avoid responsi-
bility or compliance with FAR 91.119. 

(1) Unless necessary to maintain a safe dis-

tance from other aircraft or terrain— 

(i) Remain clear of the areas described in 

Section 4; and 

(ii) Remain at or above the following alti-

tudes in each sector of the canyon: 

Eastern section from Lees Ferry to North 

Canyon and North Canyon to Boundary 
Ridge: as prescribed in Section 5. 

Boundary Ridge to Supai Point 

(Yumtheska Point): 10,000 feet MSL. 

Western section from Diamond Creek to 

the Grant Wash Cliffs: 8,000 feet MSL. 

(2) Proceed through the four flight cor-

ridors describe in Section 4 at the following 
altitudes unless otherwise authorized in 
writing by the responsible Flight Standards 
office: 

Northbound 

11,500 or 
13,500 feet MSL 

Southbound 

>10,500 or 
>12,500 feet MSL 
(b) Is authorized in writing by the respon-

sible Flight Standards office and is con-
ducted in compliance with the conditions 
contained in that authorization. Normally 
authorization will be granted for operation 
in the areas described in Section 4 or below 
the altitudes listed in Section 5 only for op-
erations of aircraft necessary for law en-
forcement, firefighting, emergency medical 
treatment/evacuation of persons in the vicin-
ity of the Park; for support of Park mainte-
nance or activities; or for aerial access to 

and maintenance of other property located 
within the Special Flight Rules Area. Au-
thorization may be issued on a continuing 
basis. 

(c)(1) Prior to November 1, 1988, is con-

ducted in accordance with a specific author-
ization to operate in that airspace incor-
porated in the operator’s part 135 operations 
specifications in accordance with the provi-
sions of SFAR 50–1, notwithstanding the pro-
visions of Sections 4 and 5; and 

(2) On or after November 1, 1988, is con-

ducted in accordance with a specific author-
ization to operate in that airspace incor-
porated in the operated in the operator’s op-
erations specifications and approved by the 
responsible Flight Standards office in ac-
cordance with the provisions of SFAR 50–2. 

(d) Is a search and rescue mission directed 

by the U.S. Air Force Rescue Coordination 
Center. 

(e) Is conducted within 3 nautical miles of 

Whitmore Airstrip, Pearce Ferry Airstrip, 
North Rim Airstrip, Cliff Dwellers Airstrip, 
or Marble Canyon Airstrip at an altitudes 
less than 3,000 feet above airport elevation, 
for the purpose of landing at or taking off 
from that facility. Or 

(f) Is conducted under an IFR clearance 

and the pilot is acting in accordance with 
ATC instructions. An IFR flight plan may 
not be filed on a route or at an altitude that 
would require operation in an area described 
in Section 4. 

Section 4. Flight-free zones. Except in an 

emergency or if otherwise necessary for safe-
ty of flight, or unless otherwise authorized 
by the responsible Flight Standards office 
for a purpose listed in Section 3(b), no person 
may operate an aircraft in the Special Flight 
Rules Area within the following areas: 

(a) Desert View Flight-Free Zone. Within 

an area bounded by a line beginning at Lat. 
35

°

59

30

″ 

N., Long. 111

°

46

20

″ 

W. to 35

°

59

30

″ 

N., 

Long. 111

°

52

45

″ 

W.; to Lat. 36

°

04

50

″ 

N., Long. 

111

°

52

00

″ 

W.; to Lat. 36

°

06

00

″ 

N., Long. 

111

°

46

20

″ 

W.; to the point of origin; but not 

including the airspace at and above 10,500 
feet MSL within 1 mile of the western bound-
ary of the zone. The area between the Desert 
View and Bright Angel Flight-Free Zones is 
designated the ‘‘Zuni Point Corridor.’’ 

(b) Bright Angel Flight-Free Zone. Within 

an area bounded by a line beginning at Lat. 
35

°

59

30

″ 

N., Long. 111

°

55

30

″ 

W.; to Lat. 

35

°

59

30

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

04

00

″ 

W.; thence coun-

terclockwise via the 5 statute mile radius of 
the Grand Canyon Airport point (Lat. 
35

°

57

09

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

08

47

″ 

W.) to Lat. 

36

°

01

30

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

11

00

″ 

W.; to Lat. 

36

°

06

15

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

12

50

″ 

W.; to Lat. 

36

°

14

40

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

08

50

″ 

W.; to Lat. 

36

°

14

40

″ 

N., Long. 111

°

57

30

″ 

W.; to Lat. 

36

°

12

30

″ 

N., Long. 111

°

53

50

″ 

W.; to the point 

of origin; but not including the airspace at 
and above 10,500 feet MSL within 1 mile of 
the eastern boundary between the southern 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00691

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8002

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

682 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

Pt. 91, SFAR No. 60 

boundary and Lat. 36

°

04

50

″ 

N. or the airspace 

at and above 10,500 feet MSL within 2 miles 
of the northwest boundary. The area bounded 
by the Bright Angel and Shinumo Flight- 
Free Zones is designated the ‘‘Dragon Cor-
ridor.’’ 

(c) Shinumo Flight-Free Zone. Within an 

area bounded by a line beginning at Lat. 
36

°

04

00

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

16

40

″ 

W.; northwest 

along the park boundary to a point at Lat. 
36

°

12

47

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

30

53

″ 

W.; to Lat. 

36

°

21

15

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

20

20

″ 

W.; east along the 

park boundary to Lat. 36

°

21

15

″ 

N., Long. 

112

°

13

55

″ 

W.; to Lat. 36

°

14

40

″ 

N., Long. 

112

°

11

25

″ 

W.; to the point of origin. The area 

between the Thunder River/Toroweap and 
Shinumo Flight Free Zones is designated the 
‘‘Fossil Canyon Corridor.’’ 

(d) Toroweap/Thunder River Flight-Free 

Zone. Within an area bounded by a line be-
ginning at Lat. 36

°

22

45

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

20

35

″ 

W.; thence northwest along the boundary of 
the Grand Canyon National Park to Lat. 
36

°

17

48

″ 

N., Long. 113

°

03

15

″ 

W.; to Lat. 

36

°

15

00

″ 

N., Long. 113

°

07

10

″ 

W.; to Lat. 

36

°

10

30

″ 

N., Long. 113

°

07

10

″ 

W.; thence east 

along the Colorado River to the confluence 
of Havasu Canyon (Lat. 36

°

18

40

″ 

N., Long. 

112

°

45

45

″ 

W.;) including that area within a 1.5 

nautical mile radius of Toroweap Overlook 
(Lat. 36

°

12

45

″ 

N., Long. 113

°

03

30

″ 

W.); to the 

point of origin; but not including the fol-
lowing airspace designated as the ‘‘Tuckup 
Corridor’’: at or above 10,500 feet MSL within 
2 nautical miles either side of a line extend-
ing between Lat. 36

°

24

47

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

48

50

″ 

W. and Lat. 36

°

17

10

″ 

N., Long. 112

°

48

50

″ 

W.; to 

the point of origin. 

Section 5. Minimum flight altitudes. Except 

in an emergency or if otherwise necessary 
for safety of flight, or unless otherwise au-
thorized by the responsible Flight Standards 
office for a purpose listed in Section 3(b), no 
person may operate an aircraft in the Spe-
cial Flight Rules Area at an altitude lower 
than the following: 

(a) Eastern section from Lees Ferry to 

North Canyon: 5,000 feet MSL. 

(b) Eastern section from North Canyon to 

Boundary Ridge: 6,000 feet MSL. 

(c) Boundary Ridge to Supai (Yumtheska) 

Point: 7,500 feet MSL. 

(d) Supai Point to Diamond Creek: 6,500 

feet MSL. 

(e) Western section from Diamond Creek to 

the Grand Wash Cliffs: 5,000 feet MSL. 

Section 9. Termination date. Section 1. Ap-

plicability, Section 4, Flight-free zones, and 
Section 5. Minimum flight altitudes, expire 
on April 19, 2001. 

N

OTE

: [Removed] 

[66 FR 1003, Jan. 4, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 
16584, Mar. 26, 2001; 72 FR 9846, Mar. 6, 2007; 
Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 91–350, 83 FR 
9171, Mar. 5, 2018] 

S

PECIAL

F

EDERAL

A

VIATION

R

EGULATION

 

N

O

. 60—A

IR

T

RAFFIC

C

ONTROL

S

YS

-

TEM

E

MERGENCY

O

PERATION

 

1. Each person shall, before conducting any 

operation under the Federal Aviation Regu-
lations (14 CFR chapter I), be familiar with 
all available information concerning that op-
eration, including Notices to Airmen issued 
under § 91.139 and, when activated, the provi-
sions of the National Air Traffic Reduced 
Complement Operations Plan available for 
inspection at operating air traffic facilities 
and Regional air traffic division offices, and 
the General Aviation Reservation Program. 
No operator may change the designated air-
port of intended operation for any flight con-
tained in the October 1, 1990, OAG. 

2. Notwithstanding any provision of the 

Federal Aviation Regulations to the con-
trary, no person may operate an aircraft in 
the Air Traffic Control System: 

a. Contrary to any restriction, prohibition, 

procedure or other action taken by the Di-
rector of the Office of Air Traffic Systems 
Management (Director) pursuant to para-
graph 3 of this regulation and announced in 
a Notice to Airmen pursuant to § 91.139 of the 
Federal Aviation Regulations. 

b. When the National Air Traffic Reduced 

Complement Operations Plan is activated 
pursuant to paragraph 4 of this regulation, 
except in accordance with the pertinent pro-
visions of the National Air Traffic Reduced 
Complement Operations Plan. 

3. Prior to or in connection with the imple-

mentation of the RCOP, and as conditions 
warrant, the Director is authorized to: 

a. Restrict, prohibit, or permit VFR and/or 

IFR operations at any airport, Class B air-
space area, Class C airspace area, or other 
class of controlled airspace. 

b. Give priority at any airport to flights 

that are of military necessity, or are medical 
emergency flights, Presidential flights, and 
flights transporting critical Government em-
ployees. 

c. Implement, at any airport, traffic man-

agement procedures, that may include reduc-
tion of flight operations. Reduction of flight 
operations will be accomplished, to the ex-
tent practical, on a pro rata basis among and 
between air carrier, commercial operator, 
and general aviation operations. Flights can-
celled under this SFAR at a high density 
traffic airport will be considered to have 
been operated for purposes of part 93 of the 
Federal Aviation Regulations. 

4. The Director may activate the National 

Air Traffic Reduced Complement Operations 
Plan at any time he finds that it is necessary 
for the safety and efficiency of the National 
Airspace System. Upon activation of the 
RCOP and notwithstanding any provision of 
the FAR to the contrary, the Director is au-
thorized to suspend or modify any airspace 
designation. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00692

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8002

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

683 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

Pt. 91, SFAR No. 97 

5. Notice of restrictions, prohibitions, pro-

cedures and other actions taken by the Di-
rector under this regulation with respect to 
the operation of the Air Traffic Control sys-
tem will be announced in Notices to Airmen 
issued pursuant to § 91.139 of the Federal 
Aviation Regulations. 

6. The Director may delegate his authority 

under this regulation to the extent he con-
siders necessary for the safe and efficient op-
eration of the National Air Traffic Control 
System. 

(Authority: 49 U.S.C. app. 1301(7), 1303, 1344, 
1348, 1352 through 1355, 1401, 1421 through 
1431, 1471, 1472, 1502, 1510, 1522, and 2121 
through 2125; articles 12, 29, 31, and 32(a) of 
the Convention on International Civil Avia-
tion (61 stat. 1180); 42 U.S.C. 4321 

et seq.; E.O. 

11514, 35 FR 4247, 3 CFR, 1966–1970 Comp., p. 
902; 49 U.S.C. 106(g)) 

[Doc. No. 26351, 55 FR 40760, Oct. 4, 1990, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65652, Dec. 
17, 1991] 

S

PECIAL

F

EDERAL

A

VIATION

R

EGULATION

 

N

O

. 97—S

PECIAL

O

PERATING

R

ULES

 

FOR

THE

C

ONDUCT

OF

I

NSTRUMENT

 

F

LIGHT

R

ULES

(IFR) A

REA

N

AVIGA

-

TION

(RNAV) O

PERATIONS

USING

 

G

LOBAL

P

OSITIONING

S

YSTEMS

 

(GPS) 

IN

A

LASKA

 

Those persons identified in Section 1 may 

conduct IFR en route RNAV operations in 
the State of Alaska and its airspace on pub-
lished air traffic routes using TSO C145a/ 
C146a navigation systems as the only means 
of IFR navigation. Despite contrary provi-
sions of parts 71, 91, 95, 121, 125, and 135 of 
this chapter, a person may operate aircraft 
in accordance with this SFAR if the fol-
lowing requirements are met. 

Section 1. 

Purpose, use, and limitations 

a. This SFAR permits TSO C145a/C146a 

GPS (RNAV) systems to be used for IFR en 
route operations in the United States air-
space over and near Alaska (as set forth in 
paragraph c of this section) at Special Min-
imum En Route Altitudes (MEA) that are 
outside the operational service volume of 
ground-based navigation aids, if the aircraft 
operation also meets the requirements of 
sections 3 and 4 of this SFAR. 

b. Certificate holders and part 91 operators 

may operate aircraft under this SFAR pro-
vided that they comply with the require-
ments of this SFAR. 

c. Operations conducted under this SFAR 

are limited to United States Airspace within 
and near the State of Alaska as defined in 
the following area description: 

From 62

°

00

00.000

″ 

N, Long. 141

°

00

00.00

″ 

W.; 

to Lat. 59

°

47

54.11

″ 

N., Long. 135

°

28

38.34

″ 

W.; 

to Lat. 56

°

00

04.11

″ 

N., Long. 130

°

00

07.80

″ 

W.; 

to Lat. 54

°

43

00.00

″ 

N., Long. 130

°

37

00.00

″ 

W.; 

to Lat. 51

°

24

00.00

″ 

N., Long. 167

°

49

00.00

″ 

W.; 

to Lat. 50

°

08

00.00

″ 

N., Long. 176

°

34

00.00

″ 

W.; 

to Lat. 45

°

42

00.00

″ 

N., Long. 

¥

162

°

55

00.00

″ 

E.; 

to Lat. 50

°

05

00.00

″ 

N., Long. 

¥

159

°

00

00.00

″ 

E.; 

to Lat. 54

°

00

00.00

″ 

N., Long. 

¥

169

°

00

00.00

″ 

E.; 

to Lat. 60

°

00 00.00

″ 

N., Long. 

¥

180

°

00

′ 

00.00

″ 

E; 

to Lat. 65

°

00

00.00

″ 

N., Long. 168

°

58

23.00

″ 

W.; 

to Lat. 90

°

00

00.00

″ 

N., Long. 00

°

00

0.00

″ 

W.; to 

Lat. 62

°

00

00.000

″ 

N, Long. 141

°

00

00.00

″ 

W. 

(d) No person may operate an aircraft 

under IFR during the en route portion of 
flight below the standard MEA or at the spe-
cial MEA unless the operation is conducted 
in accordance with sections 3 and 4 of this 
SFAR. 

Section 2. 

Definitions and abbreviations 

For the purposes of this SFAR, the fol-

lowing definitions and abbreviations apply. 

Area navigation (RNAV). RNAV is a method 

of navigation that permits aircraft oper-
ations on any desired flight path. 

Area navigation (RNAV) route. RNAV route 

is a published route based on RNAV that can 
be used by suitably equipped aircraft. 

Certificate holder. A certificate holder 

means a person holding a certificate issued 
under part 119 or part 125 of this chapter or 
holding operations specifications issued 
under part 129 of this chapter. 

Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS). 

GNSS is a world-wide position and time de-
termination system that uses satellite rang-
ing signals to determine user location. It en-
compasses all satellite ranging technologies, 
including GPS and additional satellites. 
Components of the GNSS include GPS, the 
Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite Sys-
tem, and WAAS satellites. 

Global Positioning System (GPS). GPS is a 

satellite-based radio navigational, posi-
tioning, and time transfer system. The sys-
tem provides highly accurate position and 
velocity information and precise time on a 
continuous global basis to properly equipped 
users. 

Minimum crossing altitude (MCA). The min-

imum crossing altitude (MCA) applies to the 
operation of an aircraft proceeding to a high-
er minimum en route altitude when crossing 
specified fixes. 

Required navigation system. Required navi-

gation system means navigation equipment 
that meets the performance requirements of 
TSO C145a/C146a navigation systems certified 
for IFR en route operations. 

Route segment. Route segment is a portion 

of a route bounded on each end by a fix or 
NAVAID. 

Special MEA. Special MEA refers to the 

minimum en route altitudes, using required 
navigation systems, on published routes out-
side the operational service volume of 
ground-based navigation aids and are de-
picted on the published Low Altitude and 
High Altitude En Route Charts using the 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00693

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8002

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

684 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

Pt. 91, SFAR No. 104 

color blue and with the suffix ‘‘G.’’ For ex-
ample, a GPS MEA of 4000 feet MSL would be 
depicted using the color blue, as 4000G. 

Standard MEA. Standard MEA refers to the 

minimum en route IFR altitude on published 
routes that uses ground-based navigation 
aids and are depicted on the published Low 
Altitude and High Altitude En Route Charts 
using the color black. 

Station referenced. Station referenced refers 

to radio navigational aids or fixes that are 
referenced by ground based navigation facili-
ties such as VOR facilities. 

Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS). 

WAAS is an augmentation to GPS that cal-
culates GPS integrity and correction data on 
the ground and uses geo-stationary satellites 
to broadcast GPS integrity and correction 
data to GPS/WAAS users and to provide 
ranging signals. It is a safety critical system 
consisting of a ground network of reference 
and integrity monitor data processing sites 
to assess current GPS performance, as well 
as a space segment that broadcasts that as-
sessment to GNSS users to support en route 
through precision approach navigation. 
Users of the system include all aircraft ap-
plying the WAAS data and ranging signal. 

Section 3. 

Operational Requirements 

To operate an aircraft under this SFAR, 

the following requirements must be met: 

a. Training and qualification for oper-

ations and maintenance personnel on re-
quired navigation equipment used under this 
SFAR. 

b. Use authorized procedures for normal, 

abnormal, and emergency situations unique 
to these operations, including degraded navi-
gation capabilities, and satellite system out-
ages. 

c. For certificate holders, training of flight 

crewmembers and other personnel authorized 
to exercise operational control on the use of 
those procedures specified in paragraph b of 
this section. 

d. Part 129 operators must have approval 

from the State of the operator to conduct op-
erations in accordance with this SFAR. 

e. In order to operate under this SFAR, a 

certificate holder must be authorized in op-
erations specifications. 

Section 4. 

Equipment Requirements 

a. The certificate holder must have prop-

erly installed, certificated, and functional 
dual required navigation systems as defined 
in section 2 of this SFAR for the en route op-
erations covered under this SFAR. 

b. When the aircraft is being operated 

under part 91, the aircraft must be equipped 
with at least one properly installed, certifi-
cated, and functional required navigation 
system as defined in section 2 of this SFAR 
for the en route operations covered under 
this SFAR. 

Section 5. 

Expiration date 

This Special Federal Aviation Regulation 

will remain in effect until rescinded. 

[Doc. No. FAA–2003–14305, 68 FR 14077, Mar. 
21, 2003] 

S

PECIAL

F

EDERAL

A

VIATION

R

EGULATION

 

N

O

. 104—P

ROHIBITION

A

GAINST

C

ER

-

TAIN

F

LIGHTS BY

S

YRIAN

A

IR

C

AR

-

RIERS TO THE

U

NITED

S

TATES

 

1. 

Applicability.  This Special Federal Avia-

tion Regulation (SFAR) No. 104 applies to 
any air carrier owned or controlled by Syria 
that is engaged in scheduled international 
air services. 

2. 

Special flight restrictions. Except as pro-

vided in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this SFAR No. 
104, no air carrier described in paragraph 1 
may take off from or land in the territory of 
the United States. 

3. 

Permitted operations. This SFAR does not 

prohibit overflights of the territory of the 
United States by any air carrier described in 
paragraph 1. 

4. 

Emergency situations. In an emergency 

that requires immediate decision and action 
for the safety of the flight, the pilot in com-
mand of an aircraft of any air carrier de-
scribed in paragraph 1 may deviate from this 
SFAR to the extent required by that emer-
gency. Each person who deviates from this 
rule must, within 10 days of the deviation, 
excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal 
holidays, submit to the responsible Flight 
Standards office a complete report of the op-
erations or the aircraft involved in the devi-
ation, including a description of the devi-
ation and the reasons therefor. 

5. 

Duration. This SFAR No. 104 will remain 

in effect until further notice. 

[Doc. No. FAA–2004–17763, 69 FR 31719, June 4, 
2004, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, 
Amdt. 91–350, 83 FR 9171, Mar. 5, 2018] 

Subpart A—General 

S

OURCE

: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 

18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. 

§ 91.1

Applicability. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs 

(b), (c), (e), and (f) of this section and 
§§ 91.701 and 91.703, this part prescribes 
rules governing the operation of air-
craft within the United States, includ-
ing the waters within 3 nautical miles 
of the U.S. coast. 

(b) Each person operating an aircraft 

in the airspace overlying the waters be-
tween 3 and 12 nautical miles from the 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00694

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8002

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

685 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.9 

coast of the United States must com-
ply with §§ 91.1 through 91.21; §§ 91.101 
through 91.143; §§ 91.151 through 91.159; 
§§ 91.167 through 91.193; § 91.203; § 91.205; 
§§ 91.209 through 91.217; § 91.221, § 91.225; 
§§ 91.303 through 91.319; §§ 91.323 through 
91.327; § 91.605; § 91.609; §§ 91.703 through 
91.715; and § 91.903. 

(c) This part applies to each person 

on board an aircraft being operated 
under this part, unless otherwise speci-
fied. 

(d) This part also establishes require-

ments for operators to take actions to 
support the continued airworthiness of 
each airplane. 

(e) This part does not apply to any 

aircraft or vehicle governed by part 103 
of this chapter, or subparts B, C, or D 
of part 101 of this chapter. 

(f) Except as provided in §§ 107.13, 

107.27, 107.47, 107.57, and 107.59 of this 
chapter, this part does not apply to any 
aircraft governed by part 107 of this 
chapter. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–257, 64 FR 1079, Jan. 7, 
1999; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 27, 2004; 
Amdt. 91–297, 72 FR 63410, Nov. 8, 2007; Amdt. 
91–314, 75 FR 30193, May 28, 2010; Docket 
FAA–2015–0150, Amdt. 91–343, 81 FR 42208, 
June 28, 2016] 

§ 91.3

Responsibility and authority of 

the pilot in command. 

(a) The pilot in command of an air-

craft is directly responsible for, and is 
the final authority as to, the operation 
of that aircraft. 

(b) In an in-flight emergency requir-

ing immediate action, the pilot in com-
mand may deviate from any rule of 
this part to the extent required to 
meet that emergency. 

(c) Each pilot in command who devi-

ates from a rule under paragraph (b) of 
this section shall, upon the request of 
the Administrator, send a written re-
port of that deviation to the Adminis-
trator. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0005) 

§ 91.5

Pilot in command of aircraft re-

quiring more than one required 
pilot. 

No person may operate an aircraft 

that is type certificated for more than 
one required pilot flight crewmember 

unless the pilot in command meets the 
requirements of § 61.58 of this chapter. 

§ 91.7

Civil aircraft airworthiness. 

(a) No person may operate a civil air-

craft unless it is in an airworthy condi-
tion. 

(b) The pilot in command of a civil 

aircraft is responsible for determining 
whether that aircraft is in condition 
for safe flight. The pilot in command 
shall discontinue the flight when un-
airworthy mechanical, electrical, or 
structural conditions occur. 

§ 91.9

Civil aircraft flight manual, 

marking, and placard requirements. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(d) of this section, no person may oper-
ate a civil aircraft without complying 
with the operating limitations speci-
fied in the approved Airplane or Rotor-
craft Flight Manual, markings, and 
placards, or as otherwise prescribed by 
the certificating authority of the coun-
try of registry. 

(b) No person may operate a U.S.-reg-

istered civil aircraft— 

(1) For which an Airplane or Rotor-

craft Flight Manual is required by § 21.5 
of this chapter unless there is available 
in the aircraft a current, approved Air-
plane or Rotorcraft Flight Manual or 
the manual provided for in § 121.141(b); 
and 

(2) For which an Airplane or Rotor-

craft Flight Manual is not required by 
§ 21.5 of this chapter, unless there is 
available in the aircraft a current ap-
proved Airplane or Rotorcraft Flight 
Manual, approved manual material, 
markings, and placards, or any com-
bination thereof. 

(c) No person may operate a U.S.-reg-

istered civil aircraft unless that air-
craft is identified in accordance with 
part 45 or 48of this chapter. 

(d) Any person taking off or landing 

a helicopter certificated under part 29 
of this chapter at a heliport con-
structed over water may make such 
momentary flight as is necessary for 
takeoff or landing through the prohib-
ited range of the limiting height-speed 
envelope established for the helicopter 
if that flight through the prohibited 
range takes place over water on which 
a safe ditching can be accomplished 
and if the helicopter is amphibious or 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00695

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8002

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

686 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.11 

is equipped with floats or other emer-
gency flotation gear adequate to ac-
complish a safe emergency ditching on 
open water. 

[Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, 
as amended by ; Docket No. FAA–2022–1355, 
Amdt. No. 91–366, 87 FR 75846, Dec. 9, 2022] 

§ 91.11

Prohibition on interference 

with crewmembers. 

No person may assault, threaten, in-

timidate, or interfere with a crew-
member in the performance of the 
crewmember’s duties aboard an air-
craft being operated. 

§ 91.13

Careless or reckless operation. 

(a) 

Aircraft operations for the purpose 

of air navigation. No person may oper-
ate an aircraft in a careless or reckless 
manner so as to endanger the life or 
property of another. 

(b) 

Aircraft operations other than for 

the purpose of air navigation. No person 
may operate an aircraft, other than for 
the purpose of air navigation, on any 
part of the surface of an airport used 
by aircraft for air commerce (including 
areas used by those aircraft for receiv-
ing or discharging persons or cargo), in 
a careless or reckless manner so as to 
endanger the life or property of an-
other. 

§ 91.15

Dropping objects. 

No pilot in command of a civil air-

craft may allow any object to be 
dropped from that aircraft in flight 
that creates a hazard to persons or 
property. However, this section does 
not prohibit the dropping of any object 
if reasonable precautions are taken to 
avoid injury or damage to persons or 
property. 

§ 91.17

Alcohol or drugs. 

(a) No person may act or attempt to 

act as a crewmember of a civil air-
craft— 

(1) Within 8 hours after the consump-

tion of any alcoholic beverage; 

(2) While under the influence of alco-

hol; 

(3) While using any drug that affects 

the person’s faculties in any way con-
trary to safety; or 

(4) While having an alcohol con-

centration of 0.04 or greater in a blood 
or breath specimen. Alcohol concentra-

tion means grams of alcohol per deci-
liter of blood or grams of alcohol per 
210 liters of breath. 

(b) Except in an emergency, no pilot 

of a civil aircraft may allow a person 
who appears to be intoxicated or who 
demonstrates by manner or physical 
indications that the individual is under 
the influence of drugs (except a med-
ical patient under proper care) to be 
carried in that aircraft. 

(c) A crewmember shall do the fol-

lowing: 

(1) On request of a law enforcement 

officer, submit to a test to indicate the 
alcohol concentration in the blood or 
breath, when— 

(i) The law enforcement officer is au-

thorized under State or local law to 
conduct the test or to have the test 
conducted; and 

(ii) The law enforcement officer is re-

questing submission to the test to in-
vestigate a suspected violation of State 
or local law governing the same or sub-
stantially similar conduct prohibited 
by paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(4) of 
this section. 

(2) Whenever the FAA has a reason-

able basis to believe that a person may 
have violated paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or 
(a)(4) of this section, on request of the 
FAA, that person must furnish to the 
FAA the results, or authorize any clin-
ic, hospital, or doctor, or other person 
to release to the FAA, the results of 
each test taken within 4 hours after 
acting or attempting to act as a crew-
member that indicates an alcohol con-
centration in the blood or breath speci-
men. 

(d) Whenever the Administrator has a 

reasonable basis to believe that a per-
son may have violated paragraph (a)(3) 
of this section, that person shall, upon 
request by the Administrator, furnish 
the Administrator, or authorize any 
clinic, hospital, doctor, or other person 
to release to the Administrator, the re-
sults of each test taken within 4 hours 
after acting or attempting to act as a 
crewmember that indicates the pres-
ence of any drugs in the body. 

(e) Any test information obtained by 

the Administrator under paragraph (c) 
or (d) of this section may be evaluated 
in determining a person’s qualifica-
tions for any airman certificate or pos-
sible violations of this chapter and 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00696

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8002

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

687 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.23 

may be used as evidence in any legal 
proceeding under section 602, 609, or 901 
of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–291, June 21, 2006] 

§ 91.19

Carriage of narcotic drugs, 

marihuana, and depressant or stim-
ulant drugs or substances. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(b) of this section, no person may oper-
ate a civil aircraft within the United 
States with knowledge that narcotic 
drugs, marihuana, and depressant or 
stimulant drugs or substances as de-
fined in Federal or State statutes are 
carried in the aircraft. 

(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does 

not apply to any carriage of narcotic 
drugs, marihuana, and depressant or 
stimulant drugs or substances author-
ized by or under any Federal or State 
statute or by any Federal or State 
agency. 

§ 91.21

Portable electronic devices. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(b) of this section, no person may oper-
ate, nor may any operator or pilot in 
command of an aircraft allow the oper-
ation of, any portable electronic device 
on any of the following U.S.-registered 
civil aircraft: 

(1) Aircraft operated by a holder of 

an air carrier operating certificate or 
an operating certificate; or 

(2) Any other aircraft while it is op-

erated under IFR. 

(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does 

not apply to— 

(1) Portable voice recorders; 
(2) Hearing aids; 
(3) Heart pacemakers; 
(4) Electric shavers; or 
(5) Any other portable electronic de-

vice that the operator of the aircraft 
has determined will not cause inter-
ference with the navigation or commu-
nication system of the aircraft on 
which it is to be used. 

(c) In the case of an aircraft operated 

by a holder of an air carrier operating 
certificate or an operating certificate, 
the determination required by para-
graph (b)(5) of this section shall be 
made by that operator of the aircraft 
on which the particular device is to be 
used. In the case of other aircraft, the 
determination may be made by the 

pilot in command or other operator of 
the aircraft. 

§ 91.23

Truth-in-leasing clause require-

ment in leases and conditional sales 
contracts. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(b) of this section, the parties to a 
lease or contract of conditional sale in-
volving a U.S.-registered large civil 
aircraft and entered into after January 
2, 1973, shall execute a written lease or 
contract and include therein a written 
truth-in-leasing clause as a concluding 
paragraph in large print, immediately 
preceding the space for the signature of 
the parties, which contains the fol-
lowing with respect to each such air-
craft: 

(1) Identification of the Federal Avia-

tion Regulations under which the air-
craft has been maintained and in-
spected during the 12 months preceding 
the execution of the lease or contract 
of conditional sale, and certification by 
the parties thereto regarding the air-
craft’s status of compliance with appli-
cable maintenance and inspection re-
quirements in this part for the oper-
ation to be conducted under the lease 
or contract of conditional sale. 

(2) The name and address (printed or 

typed) and the signature of the person 
responsible for operational control of 
the aircraft under the lease or contract 
of conditional sale, and certification 
that each person understands that per-
son’s responsibilities for compliance 
with applicable Federal Aviation Regu-
lations. 

(3) A statement that an explanation 

of factors bearing on operational con-
trol and pertinent Federal Aviation 
Regulations can be obtained from the 
responsible Flight Standards office. 

(b) The requirements of paragraph (a) 

of this section do not apply— 

(1) To a lease or contract of condi-

tional sale when— 

(i) The party to whom the aircraft is 

furnished is a foreign air carrier or cer-
tificate holder under part 121, 125, 135, 
or 141 of this chapter, or 

(ii) The party furnishing the aircraft 

is a foreign air carrier or a person oper-
ating under part 121, 125, and 141 of this 
chapter, or a person operating under 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00697

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8002

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

688 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.25 

part 135 of this chapter having author-
ity to engage in on-demand operations 
with large aircraft. 

(2) To a contract of conditional sale, 

when the aircraft involved has not been 
registered anywhere prior to the execu-
tion of the contract, except as a new 
aircraft under a dealer’s aircraft reg-
istration certificate issued in accord-
ance with § 47.61 of this chapter. 

(c) No person may operate a large 

civil aircraft of U.S. registry that is 
subject to a lease or contract of condi-
tional sale to which paragraph (a) of 
this section applies, unless— 

(1) The lessee or conditional buyer, or 

the registered owner if the lessee is not 
a citizen of the United States, has 
mailed a copy of the lease or contract 
that complies with the requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section, within 24 
hours of its execution, to the Aircraft 
Registration Branch, Attn: Technical 
Section, P.O. Box 25724, Oklahoma 
City, OK 73125; 

(2) A copy of the lease or contract 

that complies with the requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section is carried 
in the aircraft. The copy of the lease or 
contract shall be made available for re-
view upon request by the Adminis-
trator, and 

(3) The lessee or conditional buyer, or 

the registered owner if the lessee is not 
a citizen of the United States, has noti-
fied by telephone or in person the re-
sponsible Flight Standards office. Un-
less otherwise authorized by that of-
fice, the notification shall be given at 
least 48 hours before takeoff in the case 
of the first flight of that aircraft under 
that lease or contract and inform the 
FAA of— 

(i) The location of the airport of de-

parture; 

(ii) The departure time; and 
(iii) The registration number of the 

aircraft involved. 

(d) The copy of the lease or contract 

furnished to the FAA under paragraph 
(c) of this section is commercial or fi-
nancial information obtained from a 
person. It is, therefore, privileged and 
confidential and will not be made 
available by the FAA for public inspec-
tion or copying under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) 
unless recorded with the FAA under 
part 49 of this chapter. 

(e) For the purpose of this section, a 

lease means any agreement by a person 
to furnish an aircraft to another person 
for compensation or hire, whether with 
or without flight crewmembers, other 
than an agreement for the sale of an 
aircraft and a contract of conditional 
sale under section 101 of the Federal 
Aviation Act of 1958. The person fur-
nishing the aircraft is referred to as 
the lessor, and the person to whom it is 
furnished the lessee. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0005) 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–212, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 
25, 1989; Amdt. 91–253, 62 FR 13253, Mar. 19, 
1997; Amdt. 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. 27, 2001; 
Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 91–350, 83 FR 
9171, Mar. 5, 2018] 

§ 91.25

Aviation Safety Reporting Pro-

gram: Prohibition against use of re-
ports for enforcement purposes. 

The Administrator of the FAA will 

not use reports submitted to the Na-
tional Aeronautics and Space Adminis-
tration under the Aviation Safety Re-
porting Program (or information de-
rived therefrom) in any enforcement 
action except information concerning 
accidents or criminal offenses which 
are wholly excluded from the Program. 

§§ 91.27–91.99

[Reserved] 

Subpart B—Flight Rules 

S

OURCE

: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 

18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. 

G

ENERAL

 

§ 91.101

Applicability. 

This subpart prescribes flight rules 

governing the operation of aircraft 
within the United States and within 12 
nautical miles from the coast of the 
United States. 

§ 91.103

Preflight action. 

Each pilot in command shall, before 

beginning a flight, become familiar 
with all available information con-
cerning that flight. This information 
must include— 

(a) For a flight under IFR or a flight 

not in the vicinity of an airport, 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00698

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

689 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.107 

weather reports and forecasts, fuel re-
quirements, alternatives available if 
the planned flight cannot be com-
pleted, and any known traffic delays of 
which the pilot in command has been 
advised by ATC; 

(b) For any flight, runway lengths at 

airports of intended use, and the fol-
lowing takeoff and landing distance in-
formation: 

(1) For civil aircraft for which an ap-

proved Airplane or Rotorcraft Flight 
Manual containing takeoff and landing 
distance data is required, the takeoff 
and landing distance data contained 
therein; and 

(2) For civil aircraft other than those 

specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec-
tion, other reliable information appro-
priate to the aircraft, relating to air-
craft performance under expected val-
ues of airport elevation and runway 
slope, aircraft gross weight, and wind 
and temperature. 

§ 91.105

Flight crewmembers at sta-

tions. 

(a) During takeoff and landing, and 

while en route, each required flight 
crewmember shall— 

(1) Be at the crewmember station un-

less the absence is necessary to per-
form duties in connection with the op-
eration of the aircraft or in connection 
with physiological needs; and 

(2) Keep the safety belt fastened 

while at the crewmember station. 

(b) Each required flight crewmember 

of a U.S.-registered civil aircraft shall, 
during takeoff and landing, keep his or 
her shoulder harness fastened while at 
his or her assigned duty station. This 
paragraph does not apply if— 

(1) The seat at the crewmember’s sta-

tion is not equipped with a shoulder 
harness; or 

(2) The crewmember would be unable 

to perform required duties with the 
shoulder harness fastened. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–231, 57 FR 42671, Sept. 
15, 1992] 

§ 91.107

Use of safety belts, shoulder 

harnesses, and child restraint sys-
tems. 

(a) Unless otherwise authorized by 

the Administrator— 

(1) No pilot may take off a U.S.-reg-

istered civil aircraft (except a free bal-
loon that incorporates a basket or gon-
dola, or an airship type certificated be-
fore November 2, 1987) unless the pilot 
in command of that aircraft ensures 
that each person on board is briefed on 
how to fasten and unfasten that per-
son’s safety belt and, if installed, 
shoulder harness. 

(2) No pilot may cause to be moved 

on the surface, take off, or land a U.S.- 
registered civil aircraft (except a free 
balloon that incorporates a basket or 
gondola, or an airship type certificated 
before November 2, 1987) unless the 
pilot in command of that aircraft en-
sures that each person on board has 
been notified to fasten his or her safety 
belt and, if installed, his or her shoul-
der harness. 

(3) Except as provided in this para-

graph, each person on board a U.S.-reg-
istered civil aircraft (except a free bal-
loon that incorporates a basket or gon-
dola or an airship type certificated be-
fore November 2, 1987) must occupy an 
approved seat or berth with a safety 
belt and, if installed, shoulder harness, 
properly secured about him or her dur-
ing movement on the surface, takeoff, 
and landing. For seaplane and float 
equipped rotorcraft operations during 
movement on the surface, the person 
pushing off the seaplane or rotorcraft 
from the dock and the person mooring 
the seaplane or rotorcraft at the dock 
are excepted from the preceding seat-
ing and safety belt requirements. Not-
withstanding the preceding require-
ments of this paragraph, a person may: 

(i) Be held by an adult who is occu-

pying an approved seat or berth, pro-
vided that the person being held has 
not reached his or her second birthday 
and does not occupy or use any re-
straining device; 

(ii) Use the floor of the aircraft as a 

seat, provided that the person is on 
board for the purpose of engaging in 
sport parachuting; or 

(iii) Notwithstanding any other re-

quirement of this chapter, occupy an 
approved child restraint system fur-
nished by the operator or one of the 
persons described in paragraph 
(a)(3)(iii)(A) of this section provided 
that: 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00699

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

690 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.109 

(A) The child is accompanied by a 

parent, guardian, or attendant des-
ignated by the child’s parent or guard-
ian to attend to the safety of the child 
during the flight; 

(B) Except as provided in paragraph 

(a)(3)(iii)(B)(

4) of this action, the ap-

proved child restraint system bears one 
or more labels as follows: 

(

1) Seats manufactured to U.S. stand-

ards between January 1, 1981, and Feb-
ruary 25, 1985, must bear the label: 
‘‘This child restraint system conforms 
to all applicable Federal motor vehicle 
safety standards’’; 

(

2) Seats manufactured to U.S. stand-

ards on or after February 26, 1985, must 
bear two labels: 

(

i) ‘‘This child restraint system con-

forms to all applicable Federal motor 
vehicle safety standards’’; and 

(

ii) ‘‘THIS RESTRAINT IS CER-

TIFIED FOR USE IN MOTOR VEHI-
CLES AND AIRCRAFT’’ in red let-
tering; 

(

3) Seats that do not qualify under 

paragraphs (a)(3)(iii)(B)(

1) and 

(a)(3)(iii)(B)(

2) of this section must 

bear a label or markings showing: 

(

ii) That the seat was manufactured 

under the standards of the United Na-
tions; 

(

iii) That the seat or child restraint 

device furnished by the operator was 
approved by the FAA through Type 
Certificate or Supplemental Type Cer-
tificate; or 

(

iv) That the seat or child restraint 

device furnished by the operator, or 
one of the persons described in para-
graph (a)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, was 
approved by the FAA in accordance 
with § 21.8(d) of this chapter or Tech-
nical Standard Order C–100b or a later 
version. The child restraint device 
manufactured by AmSafe, Inc. 
(CARES, Part No. 4082) and approved 
by the FAA in accordance with 
§ 21.305(d) (2010 ed.) of this chapter may 
continue to bear a label or markings 
showing FAA approval in accordance 
with § 21.305(d) (2010 ed.) of this chapter. 

(

4) Except as provided in 

§ 91.107(a)(3)(iii)(B)(

3)(iii) and 

§ 91.107(a)(3)(iii)(B)(

3)(iv), booster-type 

child restraint systems (as defined in 
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 
No. 213 (49 CFR 571.213)), vest- and har-
ness-type child restraint systems, and 

lap held child restraints are not ap-
proved for use in aircraft; and 

(C) The operator complies with the 

following requirements: 

(

1) The restraint system must be 

properly secured to an approved for-
ward-facing seat or berth; 

(

2) The child must be properly se-

cured in the restraint system and must 
not exceed the specified weight limit 
for the restraint system; and 

(

3) The restraint system must bear 

the appropriate label(s). 

(b) Unless otherwise stated, this sec-

tion does not apply to operations con-
ducted under part 121, 125, or 135 of this 
chapter. Paragraph (a)(3) of this sec-
tion does not apply to persons subject 
to § 91.105. 

[Doc. No. 26142, 57 FR 42671, Sept. 15, 1992, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–250, 61 FR 28421, June 
4, 1996; Amdt. 91–289, 70 FR 50906, Aug. 26, 
2005; Amdt. 91–292, 71 FR 40009, July 14, 2006; 
Amdt. 91–317, 75 FR 48857, Aug. 12, 2010; 
Amdt. 91–332, 79 FR 28812, May 20, 2014] 

§ 91.109

Flight instruction; Simulated 

instrument flight and certain flight 
tests. 

(a) No person may operate a civil air-

craft (except a manned free balloon) 
that is being used for flight instruction 
unless that aircraft has fully func-
tioning dual controls. However, instru-
ment flight instruction may be given 
in an airplane that is equipped with a 
single, functioning throwover control 
wheel that controls the elevator and 
ailerons, in place of fixed, dual con-
trols, when— 

(1) The instructor has determined 

that the flight can be conducted safely; 
and 

(2) The person manipulating the con-

trols has at least a private pilot certifi-
cate with appropriate category and 
class ratings. 

(b) An airplane equipped with a sin-

gle, functioning throwover control 
wheel that controls the elevator and 
ailerons, in place of fixed, dual controls 
may be used for flight instruction to 
conduct a flight review required by 
§ 61.56 of this chapter, or to obtain re-
cent flight experience or an instrument 
proficiency check required by § 61.57 
when— 

(1) The airplane is equipped with op-

erable rudder pedals at both pilot sta-
tions; 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00700

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

691 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.113 

(2) The pilot manipulating the con-

trols is qualified to serve and serves as 
pilot in command during the entire 
flight; 

(3) The instructor is current and 

qualified to serve as pilot in command 
of the airplane, meets the requirements 
of § 61.195(b), and has logged at least 25 
hours of pilot-in-command flight time 
in the make and model of airplane; and 

(4) The pilot in command and the in-

structor have determined the flight can 
be conducted safely. 

(c) No person may operate a civil air-

craft in simulated instrument flight 
unless— 

(1) The other control seat is occupied 

by a safety pilot who possesses at least: 

(i) A private pilot certificate with 

category and class ratings appropriate 
to the aircraft being flown; or 

(ii) For purposes of providing train-

ing for a solo cross-country endorse-
ment under § 61.93 of this chapter, a 
flight instructor certificate with an ap-
propriate sport pilot rating and meets 
the requirements of § 61.412 of this 
chapter. 

(2) The safety pilot has adequate vi-

sion forward and to each side of the 
aircraft, or a competent observer in the 
aircraft adequately supplements the vi-
sion of the safety pilot; and 

(3) Except in the case of lighter-than- 

air aircraft, that aircraft is equipped 
with fully functioning dual controls. 
However, simulated instrument flight 
may be conducted in a single-engine 
airplane, equipped with a single, func-
tioning, throwover control wheel, in 
place of fixed, dual controls of the ele-
vator and ailerons, when— 

(i) The safety pilot has determined 

that the flight can be conducted safely; 
and 

(ii) The person manipulating the con-

trols has at least a private pilot certifi-
cate with appropriate category and 
class ratings. 

(d) No person may operate a civil air-

craft that is being used for a flight test 
for an airline transport pilot certifi-
cate or a class or type rating on that 
certificate, or for a part 121 proficiency 
flight test, unless the pilot seated at 
the controls, other than the pilot being 

checked, is fully qualified to act as 
pilot in command of the aircraft. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–324, 76 FR 54107, Aug. 
31, 2011; Amdt. 61–142, 83 FR 30281, June 27, 
2018] 

§ 91.111

Operating near other aircraft. 

(a) No person may operate an aircraft 

so close to another aircraft as to create 
a collision hazard. 

(b) No person may operate an aircraft 

in formation flight except by arrange-
ment with the pilot in command of 
each aircraft in the formation. 

(c) No person may operate an air-

craft, carrying passengers for hire, in 
formation flight. 

§ 91.113

Right-of-way rules: Except 

water operations. 

(a) 

Inapplicability.  This section does 

not apply to the operation of an air-
craft on water. 

(b) 

General.  When weather conditions 

permit, regardless of whether an oper-
ation is conducted under instrument 
flight rules or visual flight rules, vigi-
lance shall be maintained by each per-
son operating an aircraft so as to see 
and avoid other aircraft. When a rule of 
this section gives another aircraft the 
right-of-way, the pilot shall give way 
to that aircraft and may not pass over, 
under, or ahead of it unless well clear. 

(c) 

In distress. An aircraft in distress 

has the right-of-way over all other air 
traffic. 

(d) 

Converging.  When aircraft of the 

same category are converging at ap-
proximately the same altitude (except 
head-on, or nearly so), the aircraft to 
the other’s right has the right-of-way. 
If the aircraft are of different cat-
egories— 

(1) A balloon has the right-of-way 

over any other category of aircraft; 

(2) A glider has the right-of-way over 

an airship, powered parachute, weight- 
shift-control aircraft, airplane, or 
rotorcraft. 

(3) An airship has the right-of-way 

over a powered parachute, weight-shift- 
control aircraft, airplane, or rotor-
craft. 

However, an aircraft towing or re-

fueling other aircraft has the right-of- 
way over all other engine-driven air-
craft. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00701

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

692 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.115 

(e) 

Approaching head-on. When air-

craft are approaching each other head- 
on, or nearly so, each pilot of each air-
craft shall alter course to the right. 

(f) 

Overtaking.  Each aircraft that is 

being overtaken has the right-of-way 
and each pilot of an overtaking aircraft 
shall alter course to the right to pass 
well clear. 

(g) 

Landing.  Aircraft, while on final 

approach to land or while landing, have 
the right-of-way over other aircraft in 
flight or operating on the surface, ex-
cept that they shall not take advan-
tage of this rule to force an aircraft off 
the runway surface which has already 
landed and is attempting to make way 
for an aircraft on final approach. When 
two or more aircraft are approaching 
an airport for the purpose of landing, 
the aircraft at the lower altitude has 
the right-of-way, but it shall not take 
advantage of this rule to cut in front of 
another which is on final approach to 
land or to overtake that aircraft. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 
27, 2004] 

§ 91.115

Right-of-way rules: Water op-

erations. 

(a) 

General. Each person operating an 

aircraft on the water shall, insofar as 
possible, keep clear of all vessels and 
avoid impeding their navigation, and 
shall give way to any vessel or other 
aircraft that is given the right-of-way 
by any rule of this section. 

(b) 

Crossing. When aircraft, or an air-

craft and a vessel, are on crossing 
courses, the aircraft or vessel to the 
other’s right has the right-of-way. 

(c) 

Approaching head-on. When air-

craft, or an aircraft and a vessel, are 
approaching head-on, or nearly so, each 
shall alter its course to the right to 
keep well clear. 

(d) 

Overtaking. Each aircraft or vessel 

that is being overtaken has the right- 
of-way, and the one overtaking shall 
alter course to keep well clear. 

(e) 

Special circumstances. When air-

craft, or an aircraft and a vessel, ap-
proach so as to involve risk of colli-
sion, each aircraft or vessel shall pro-
ceed with careful regard to existing 
circumstances, including the limita-
tions of the respective craft. 

§ 91.117

Aircraft speed. 

(a) Unless otherwise authorized by 

the Administrator, no person may op-
erate an aircraft below 10,000 feet MSL 
at an indicated airspeed of more than 
250 knots (288 m.p.h.). 

(b) Unless otherwise authorized or re-

quired by ATC, no person may operate 
an aircraft at or below 2,500 feet above 
the surface within 4 nautical miles of 
the primary airport of a Class C or 
Class D airspace area at an indicated 
airspeed of more than 200 knots (230 
mph.). This paragraph (b) does not 
apply to any operations within a Class 
B airspace area. Such operations shall 
comply with paragraph (a) of this sec-
tion. 

(c) No person may operate an aircraft 

in the airspace underlying a Class B 
airspace area designated for an airport 
or in a VFR corridor designated 
through such a Class B airspace area, 
at an indicated airspeed of more than 
200 knots (230 mph). 

(d) If the minimum safe airspeed for 

any particular operation is greater 
than the maximum speed prescribed in 
this section, the aircraft may be oper-
ated at that minimum speed. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–219, 55 FR 34708, Aug. 
24, 1990; Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65657, Dec. 17, 
1991; Amdt. 91–233, 58 FR 43554, Aug. 17, 1993] 

§ 91.119

Minimum safe altitudes: Gen-

eral. 

Except when necessary for takeoff or 

landing, no person may operate an air-
craft below the following altitudes: 

(a) 

Anywhere. An altitude allowing, if 

a power unit fails, an emergency land-
ing without undue hazard to persons or 
property on the surface. 

(b) 

Over congested areas. Over any 

congested area of a city, town, or set-
tlement, or over any open air assembly 
of persons, an altitude of 1,000 feet 
above the highest obstacle within a 
horizontal radius of 2,000 feet of the 
aircraft. 

(c) 

Over other than congested areas. An 

altitude of 500 feet above the surface, 
except over open water or sparsely pop-
ulated areas. In those cases, the air-
craft may not be operated closer than 
500 feet to any person, vessel, vehicle, 
or structure. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00702

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

693 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.123 

(d) 

Helicopters, powered parachutes, 

and weight-shift-control aircraft. If the 
operation is conducted without hazard 
to persons or property on the surface— 

(1) A helicopter may be operated at 

less than the minimums prescribed in 
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, pro-
vided each person operating the heli-
copter complies with any routes or al-
titudes specifically prescribed for heli-
copters by the FAA; and 

(2) A powered parachute or weight- 

shift-control aircraft may be operated 
at less than the minimums prescribed 
in paragraph (c) of this section. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–311, 75 FR 5223, Feb. 1, 
2010] 

§ 91.121

Altimeter settings. 

(a) Each person operating an aircraft 

shall maintain the cruising altitude or 
flight level of that aircraft, as the case 
may be, by reference to an altimeter 
that is set, when operating— 

(1) Below 18,000 feet MSL, to— 
(i) The current reported altimeter 

setting of a station along the route and 
within 100 nautical miles of the air-
craft; 

(ii) If there is no station within the 

area prescribed in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of 
this section, the current reported al-
timeter setting of an appropriate avail-
able station; or 

(iii) In the case of an aircraft not 

equipped with a radio, the elevation of 
the departure airport or an appropriate 
altimeter setting available before de-
parture; or 

(2) At or above 18,000 feet MSL, to 

29.92

″ 

Hg. 

(b) The lowest usable flight level is 

determined by the atmospheric pres-
sure in the area of operation as shown 
in the following table: 

Current altimeter setting 

Lowest 

usable 

flight 
level 

29.92 (or higher) ......................................................

180 

29.91 through 29.42 ................................................

185 

29.41 through 28.92 ................................................

190 

28.91 through 28.42 ................................................

195 

28.41 through 27.92 ................................................

200 

27.91 through 27.42 ................................................

205 

27.41 through 26.92 ................................................

210 

(c) To convert minimum altitude pre-

scribed under §§ 91.119 and 91.177 to the 

minimum flight level, the pilot shall 
take the flight level equivalent of the 
minimum altitude in feet and add the 
appropriate number of feet specified 
below, according to the current re-
ported altimeter setting: 

Current altimeter setting 

Adjust-

ment 

factor 

29.92 (or higher) ......................................................

None 

29.91 through 29.42 ................................................

500 

29.41 through 28.92 ................................................

1,000 

28.91 through 28.42 ................................................

1,500 

28.41 through 27.92 ................................................

2,000 

27.91 through 27.42 ................................................

2,500 

27.41 through 26.92 ................................................

3,000 

§ 91.123

Compliance with ATC clear-

ances and instructions. 

(a) When an ATC clearance has been 

obtained, no pilot in command may de-
viate from that clearance unless an 
amended clearance is obtained, an 
emergency exists, or the deviation is in 
response to a traffic alert and collision 
avoidance system resolution advisory. 
However, except in Class A airspace, a 
pilot may cancel an IFR flight plan if 
the operation is being conducted in 
VFR weather conditions. When a pilot 
is uncertain of an ATC clearance, that 
pilot shall immediately request clari-
fication from ATC. 

(b) Except in an emergency, no per-

son may operate an aircraft contrary 
to an ATC instruction in an area in 
which air traffic control is exercised. 

(c) Each pilot in command who, in an 

emergency, or in response to a traffic 
alert and collision avoidance system 
resolution advisory, deviates from an 
ATC clearance or instruction shall no-
tify ATC of that deviation as soon as 
possible. 

(d) Each pilot in command who 

(though not deviating from a rule of 
this subpart) is given priority by ATC 
in an emergency, shall submit a de-
tailed report of that emergency within 
48 hours to the manager of that ATC 
facility, if requested by ATC. 

(e) Unless otherwise authorized by 

ATC, no person operating an aircraft 
may operate that aircraft according to 
any clearance or instruction that has 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00703

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

694 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.125 

been issued to the pilot of another air-
craft for radar air traffic control pur-
poses. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0005) 

[Doc. No. 18834, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65658, Dec. 
17, 1991; Amdt. 91–244, 60 FR 50679, Sept. 29, 
1995] 

§ 91.125

ATC light signals. 

ATC light signals have the meaning 

shown in the following table: 

Color and type of 

signal 

Meaning with re-

spect to aircraft on 

the surface 

Meaning with re-

spect to aircraft in 

flight 

Steady green ........

Cleared for takeoff 

Cleared to land. 

Flashing green ......

Cleared to taxi ......

Return for landing 

(to be followed 
by steady green 
at proper time). 

Steady red ............

Stop ......................

Give way to other 

aircraft and con-
tinue circling. 

Flashing red ..........

Taxi clear of run-

way in use.

Airport unsafe—do 

not land. 

Flashing white ......

Return to starting 

point on airport.

Not applicable. 

Alternating red and 

green.

Exercise extreme 

caution.

Exercise extreme 

caution. 

§ 91.126

Operating on or in the vicinity 

of an airport in Class G airspace. 

(a) 

General.  Unless otherwise author-

ized or required, each person operating 
an aircraft on or in the vicinity of an 
airport in a Class G airspace area must 
comply with the requirements of this 
section. 

(b) 

Direction of turns. When approach-

ing to land at an airport without an op-
erating control tower in Class G air-
space— 

(1) Each pilot of an airplane must 

make all turns of that airplane to the 
left unless the airport displays ap-
proved light signals or visual markings 
indicating that turns should be made 
to the right, in which case the pilot 
must make all turns to the right; and 

(2) Each pilot of a helicopter or a 

powered parachute must avoid the flow 
of fixed-wing aircraft. 

(c) 

Flap settings. Except when nec-

essary for training or certification, the 
pilot in command of a civil turbojet- 
powered aircraft must use, as a final 
flap setting, the minimum certificated 
landing flap setting set forth in the ap-
proved performance information in the 
Airplane Flight Manual for the appli-

cable conditions. However, each pilot 
in command has the final authority 
and responsibility for the safe oper-
ation of the pilot’s airplane, and may 
use a different flap setting for that air-
plane if the pilot determines that it is 
necessary in the interest of safety. 

(d) 

Communications with control tow-

ers.  Unless otherwise authorized or re-
quired by ATC, no person may operate 
an aircraft to, from, through, or on an 
airport having an operational control 
tower unless two-way radio commu-
nications are maintained between that 
aircraft and the control tower. Commu-
nications must be established prior to 4 
nautical miles from the airport, up to 
and including 2,500 feet AGL. However, 
if the aircraft radio fails in flight, the 
pilot in command may operate that 
aircraft and land if weather conditions 
are at or above basic VFR weather 
minimums, visual contact with the 
tower is maintained, and a clearance to 
land is received. If the aircraft radio 
fails while in flight under IFR, the 
pilot must comply with § 91.185. 

[Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65658, Dec. 17, 1991, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–239, 59 FR 11693, Mar. 
11, 1994; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 27, 
2004] 

§ 91.127

Operating on or in the vicinity 

of an airport in Class E airspace. 

(a) Unless otherwise required by part 

93 of this chapter or unless otherwise 
authorized or required by the ATC fa-
cility having jurisdiction over the 
Class E airspace area, each person op-
erating an aircraft on or in the vicinity 
of an airport in a Class E airspace area 
must comply with the requirements of 
§ 91.126. 

(b) 

Departures.  Each pilot of an air-

craft must comply with any traffic pat-
terns established for that airport in 
part 93 of this chapter. 

(c) 

Communications with control tow-

ers.  Unless otherwise authorized or re-
quired by ATC, no person may operate 
an aircraft to, from, through, or on an 
airport having an operational control 
tower unless two-way radio commu-
nications are maintained between that 
aircraft and the control tower. Commu-
nications must be established prior to 4 
nautical miles from the airport, up to 
and including 2,500 feet AGL. However, 
if the aircraft radio fails in flight, the 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00704

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

695 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.129 

pilot in command may operate that 
aircraft and land if weather conditions 
are at or above basic VFR weather 
minimums, visual contact with the 
tower is maintained, and a clearance to 
land is received. If the aircraft radio 
fails while in flight under IFR, the 
pilot must comply with § 91.185. 

[Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65658, Dec. 17, 1991, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–239, 59 FR 11693, Mar. 
11, 1994] 

§ 91.129

Operations in Class D air-

space. 

(a) 

General.  Unless otherwise author-

ized or required by the ATC facility 
having jurisdiction over the Class D 
airspace area, each person operating an 
aircraft in Class D airspace must com-
ply with the applicable provisions of 
this section. In addition, each person 
must comply with §§ 91.126 and 91.127. 
For the purpose of this section, the pri-
mary airport is the airport for which 
the Class D airspace area is designated. 
A satellite airport is any other airport 
within the Class D airspace area. 

(b) 

Deviations.  An operator may devi-

ate from any provision of this section 
under the provisions of an ATC author-
ization issued by the ATC facility hav-
ing jurisdiction over the airspace con-
cerned. ATC may authorize a deviation 
on a continuing basis or for an indi-
vidual flight, as appropriate. 

(c) 

Communications. Each person oper-

ating an aircraft in Class D airspace 
must meet the following two-way radio 
communications requirements: 

(1) 

Arrival or through flight. Each per-

son must establish two-way radio com-
munications with the ATC facility (in-
cluding foreign ATC in the case of for-
eign airspace designated in the United 
States) providing air traffic services 
prior to entering that airspace and 
thereafter maintain those communica-
tions while within that airspace. 

(2) 

Departing flight. Each person— 

(i) From the primary airport or sat-

ellite airport with an operating control 
tower must establish and maintain 
two-way radio communications with 
the control tower, and thereafter as in-
structed by ATC while operating in the 
Class D airspace area; or 

(ii) From a satellite airport without 

an operating control tower, must es-
tablish and maintain two-way radio 

communications with the ATC facility 
having jurisdiction over the Class D 
airspace area as soon as practicable 
after departing. 

(d) 

Communications failure. Each per-

son who operates an aircraft in a Class 
D airspace area must maintain two- 
way radio communications with the 
ATC facility having jurisdiction over 
that area. 

(1) If the aircraft radio fails in flight 

under IFR, the pilot must comply with 
§ 91.185 of the part. 

(2) If the aircraft radio fails in flight 

under VFR, the pilot in command may 
operate that aircraft and land if— 

(i) Weather conditions are at or 

above basic VFR weather minimums; 

(ii) Visual contact with the tower is 

maintained; and 

(iii) A clearance to land is received. 
(e) 

Minimum altitudes when operating 

to an airport in Class D airspace. (1) Un-
less required by the applicable dis-
tance-from-cloud criteria, each pilot 
operating a large or turbine-powered 
airplane must enter the traffic pattern 
at an altitude of at least 1,500 feet 
above the elevation of the airport and 
maintain at least 1,500 feet until fur-
ther descent is required for a safe land-
ing. 

(2) Each pilot operating a large or 

turbine-powered airplane approaching 
to land on a runway served by an in-
strument approach procedure with 
vertical guidance, if the airplane is so 
equipped, must: 

(i) Operate that airplane at an alti-

tude at or above the glide path between 
the published final approach fix and 
the decision altitude (DA), or decision 
height (DH), as applicable; or 

(ii) If compliance with the applicable 

distance-from-cloud criteria requires 
glide path interception closer in, oper-
ate that airplane at or above the glide 
path, between the point of interception 
of glide path and the DA or the DH. 

(3) Each pilot operating an airplane 

approaching to land on a runway 
served by a visual approach slope indi-
cator must maintain an altitude at or 
above the glide path until a lower alti-
tude is necessary for a safe landing. 

(4) Paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this 

section do not prohibit normal brack-
eting maneuvers above or below the 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00705

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

696 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.130 

glide path that are conducted for the 
purpose of remaining on the glide path. 

(f) 

Approaches.  Except when con-

ducting a circling approach under part 
97 of this chapter or unless otherwise 
required by ATC, each pilot must— 

(1) Circle the airport to the left, if op-

erating an airplane; or 

(2) Avoid the flow of fixed-wing air-

craft, if operating a helicopter. 

(g) 

Departures.  No person may oper-

ate an aircraft departing from an air-
port except in compliance with the fol-
lowing: 

(1) Each pilot must comply with any 

departure procedures established for 
that airport by the FAA. 

(2) Unless otherwise required by the 

prescribed departure procedure for that 
airport or the applicable distance from 
clouds criteria, each pilot of a turbine- 
powered airplane and each pilot of a 
large airplane must climb to an alti-
tude of 1,500 feet above the surface as 
rapidly as practicable. 

(h) 

Noise abatement. Where a formal 

runway use program has been estab-
lished by the FAA, each pilot of a large 
or turbine-powered airplane assigned a 
noise abatement runway by ATC must 
use that runway. However, consistent 
with the final authority of the pilot in 
command concerning the safe oper-
ation of the aircraft as prescribed in 
§ 91.3(a), ATC may assign a different 
runway if requested by the pilot in the 
interest of safety. 

(i) 

Takeoff, landing, taxi clearance. No 

person may, at any airport with an op-
erating control tower, operate an air-
craft on a runway or taxiway, or take 
off or land an aircraft, unless an appro-
priate clearance is received from ATC. 

[Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65658, Dec. 17, 1991, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–234, 58 FR 48793, Sept. 
20, 1993; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31678, June 7, 
2007; 77 FR 28250, May 14, 2012] 

§ 91.130

Operations in Class C air-

space. 

(a) 

General.  Unless otherwise author-

ized by ATC, each aircraft operation in 
Class C airspace must be conducted in 
compliance with this section and 
§ 91.129. For the purpose of this section, 
the primary airport is the airport for 
which the Class C airspace area is des-
ignated. A satellite airport is any other 

airport within the Class C airspace 
area. 

(b) 

Traffic patterns. No person may 

take off or land an aircraft at a sat-
ellite airport within a Class C airspace 
area except in compliance with FAA 
arrival and departure traffic patterns. 

(c) 

Communications. Each person oper-

ating an aircraft in Class C airspace 
must meet the following two-way radio 
communications requirements: 

(1) 

Arrival or through flight. Each per-

son must establish two-way radio com-
munications with the ATC facility (in-
cluding foreign ATC in the case of for-
eign airspace designated in the United 
States) providing air traffic services 
prior to entering that airspace and 
thereafter maintain those communica-
tions while within that airspace. 

(2) 

Departing flight. Each person— 

(i) From the primary airport or sat-

ellite airport with an operating control 
tower must establish and maintain 
two-way radio communications with 
the control tower, and thereafter as in-
structed by ATC while operating in the 
Class C airspace area; or 

(ii) From a satellite airport without 

an operating control tower, must es-
tablish and maintain two-way radio 
communications with the ATC facility 
having jurisdiction over the Class C 
airspace area as soon as practicable 
after departing. 

(d) 

Equipment requirements. Unless 

otherwise authorized by the ATC hav-
ing jurisdiction over the Class C air-
space area, no person may operate an 
aircraft within a Class C airspace area 
designated for an airport unless that 
aircraft is equipped with the applicable 
equipment specified in § 91.215, and 
after January 1, 2020, § 91.225. 

(e) 

Deviations.  An operator may devi-

ate from any provision of this section 
under the provisions of an ATC author-
ization issued by the ATC facility hav-
ing jurisdiction over the airspace con-
cerned. ATC may authorize a deviation 
on a continuing basis or for an indi-
vidual flight, as appropriate. 

[Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65659, Dec. 17, 1991, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–232, 58 FR 40736, July 
30, 1993; Amdt. 91–239, 59 FR 11693, Mar. 11, 
1994; Amdt. 91–314, 75 FR 30193, May 28, 2010] 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00706

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

697 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.135 

§ 91.131

Operations in Class B air-

space. 

(a) 

Operating rules. No person may op-

erate an aircraft within a Class B air-
space area except in compliance with 
§ 91.129 and the following rules: 

(1) The operator must receive an ATC 

clearance from the ATC facility having 
jurisdiction for that area before oper-
ating an aircraft in that area. 

(2) Unless otherwise authorized by 

ATC, each person operating a large tur-
bine engine-powered airplane to or 
from a primary airport for which a 
Class B airspace area is designated 
must operate at or above the des-
ignated floors of the Class B airspace 
area while within the lateral limits of 
that area. 

(3) Any person conducting pilot 

training operations at an airport with-
in a Class B airspace area must comply 
with any procedures established by 
ATC for such operations in that area. 

(b) 

Pilot requirements. (1) No person 

may take off or land a civil aircraft at 
an airport within a Class B airspace 
area or operate a civil aircraft within a 
Class B airspace area unless— 

(i) The pilot in command holds at 

least a private pilot certificate; 

(ii) The pilot in command holds a 

recreational pilot certificate and has 
met— 

(A) The requirements of § 61.101(d) of 

this chapter; or 

(B) The requirements for a student 

pilot seeking a recreational pilot cer-
tificate in § 61.94 of this chapter; 

(iii) The pilot in command holds a 

sport pilot certificate and has met— 

(A) The requirements of § 61.325 of 

this chapter; or 

(B) The requirements for a student 

pilot seeking a recreational pilot cer-
tificate in § 61.94 of this chapter; or 

(iv) The aircraft is operated by a stu-

dent pilot who has met the require-
ments of § 61.94 or § 61.95 of this chapter, 
as applicable. 

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of 

paragraphs (b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(iii) and 
(b)(1)(iv) of this section, no person may 
take off or land a civil aircraft at those 
airports listed in section 4 of appendix 
D to this part unless the pilot in com-
mand holds at least a private pilot cer-
tificate. 

(c) 

Communications and navigation 

equipment requirements. Unless other-
wise authorized by ATC, no person may 
operate an aircraft within a Class B 
airspace area unless that aircraft is 
equipped with— 

(1) 

For IFR operation. An operable 

VOR or TACAN receiver or an operable 
and suitable RNAV system; and 

(2) 

For all operations. An operable 

two-way radio capable of communica-
tions with ATC on appropriate fre-
quencies for that Class B airspace area. 

(d) 

Other equipment requirements. No 

person may operate an aircraft in a 
Class B airspace area unless the air-
craft is equipped with— 

(1) The applicable operating trans-

ponder and automatic altitude report-
ing equipment specified in § 91.215 (a), 
except as provided in § 91.215 (e), and 

(2) After January 1, 2020, the applica-

ble Automatic Dependent Surveillance- 
Broadcast Out equipment specified in 
§ 91.225. 

[Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65658, Dec. 17, 1991, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 
27, 2004; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31678, June 7, 
2007; Amdt. 91–314, 75 FR 30193, May 28, 2010] 

§ 91.133

Restricted and prohibited 

areas. 

(a) No person may operate an aircraft 

within a restricted area (designated in 
part 73) contrary to the restrictions 
imposed, or within a prohibited area, 
unless that person has the permission 
of the using or controlling agency, as 
appropriate. 

(b) Each person conducting, within a 

restricted area, an aircraft operation 
(approved by the using agency) that 
creates the same hazards as the oper-
ations for which the restricted area 
was designated may deviate from the 
rules of this subpart that are not com-
patible with the operation of the air-
craft. 

§ 91.135

Operations in Class A air-

space. 

Except as provided in paragraph (d) 

of this section, each person operating 
an aircraft in Class A airspace must 
conduct that operation under instru-
ment flight rules (IFR) and in compli-
ance with the following: 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00707

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

698 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.137 

(a) 

Clearance. Operations may be con-

ducted only under an ATC clearance re-
ceived prior to entering the airspace. 

(b) 

Communications.  Unless otherwise 

authorized by ATC, each aircraft oper-
ating in Class A airspace must be 
equipped with a two-way radio capable 
of communicating with ATC on a fre-
quency assigned by ATC. Each pilot 
must maintain two-way radio commu-
nications with ATC while operating in 
Class A airspace. 

(c) 

Equipment requirements. Unless 

otherwise authorized by ATC, no per-
son may operate an aircraft within 
Class A airspace unless that aircraft is 
equipped with the applicable equip-
ment specified in § 91.215, and after Jan-
uary 1, 2020, § 91.225. 

(d) 

ATC authorizations. An operator 

may deviate from any provision of this 
section under the provisions of an ATC 
authorization issued by the ATC facil-
ity having jurisdiction of the airspace 
concerned. In the case of an inoper-
ative transponder, ATC may imme-
diately approve an operation within a 
Class A airspace area allowing flight to 
continue, if desired, to the airport of 
ultimate destination, including any in-
termediate stops, or to proceed to a 
place where suitable repairs can be 
made, or both. Requests for deviation 
from any provision of this section must 
be submitted in writing, at least 4 days 
before the proposed operation. ATC 
may authorize a deviation on a con-
tinuing basis or for an individual 
flight. 

[Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65659, Dec. 17, 1991, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–314, 75 FR 30193, May 
28, 2010] 

§ 91.137

Temporary flight restrictions 

in the vicinity of disaster/hazard 
areas. 

(a) The Administrator will issue a 

Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) desig-
nating an area within which temporary 
flight restrictions apply and specifying 
the hazard or condition requiring their 
imposition, whenever he determines it 
is necessary in order to— 

(1) Protect persons and property on 

the surface or in the air from a hazard 
associated with an incident on the sur-
face; 

(2) Provide a safe environment for 

the operation of disaster relief aircraft; 
or 

(3) Prevent an unsafe congestion of 

sightseeing and other aircraft above an 
incident or event which may generate a 
high degree of public interest. 

The Notice to Airmen will specify the 
hazard or condition that requires the 
imposition of temporary flight restric-
tions. 

(b) When a NOTAM has been issued 

under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, 
no person may operate an aircraft 
within the designated area unless that 
aircraft is participating in the hazard 
relief activities and is being operated 
under the direction of the official in 
charge of on scene emergency response 
activities. 

(c) When a NOTAM has been issued 

under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, 
no person may operate an aircraft 
within the designated area unless at 
least one of the following conditions 
are met: 

(1) The aircraft is participating in 

hazard relief activities and is being op-
erated under the direction of the offi-
cial in charge of on scene emergency 
response activities. 

(2) The aircraft is carrying law en-

forcement officials. 

(3) The aircraft is operating under 

the ATC approved IFR flight plan. 

(4) The operation is conducted di-

rectly to or from an airport within the 
area, or is necessitated by the imprac-
ticability of VFR flight above or 
around the area due to weather, or ter-
rain; notification is given to the Flight 
Service Station (FSS) or ATC facility 
specified in the NOTAM to receive 
advisories concerning disaster relief 
aircraft operations; and the operation 
does not hamper or endanger relief ac-
tivities and is not conducted for the 
purpose of observing the disaster. 

(5) The aircraft is carrying properly 

accredited news representatives, and, 
prior to entering the area, a flight plan 
is filed with the appropriate FAA or 
ATC facility specified in the Notice to 
Airmen and the operation is conducted 
above the altitude used by the disaster 
relief aircraft, unless otherwise author-
ized by the official in charge of on 
scene emergency response activities. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00708

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

699 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.139 

(d) When a NOTAM has been issued 

under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, 
no person may operate an aircraft 
within the designated area unless at 
least one of the following conditions is 
met: 

(1) The operation is conducted di-

rectly to or from an airport within the 
area, or is necessitated by the imprac-
ticability of VFR flight above or 
around the area due to weather or ter-
rain, and the operation is not con-
ducted for the purpose of observing the 
incident or event. 

(2) The aircraft is operating under an 

ATC approved IFR flight plan. 

(3) The aircraft is carrying incident 

or event personnel, or law enforcement 
officials. 

(4) The aircraft is carrying properly 

accredited news representatives and, 
prior to entering that area, a flight 
plan is filed with the appropriate FSS 
or ATC facility specified in the 
NOTAM. 

(e) Flight plans filed and notifica-

tions made with an FSS or ATC facil-
ity under this section shall include the 
following information: 

(1) Aircraft identification, type and 

color. 

(2) Radio communications fre-

quencies to be used. 

(3) Proposed times of entry of, and 

exit from, the designated area. 

(4) Name of news media or organiza-

tion and purpose of flight. 

(5) Any other information requested 

by ATC. 

§ 91.138

Temporary flight restrictions 

in national disaster areas in the 
State of Hawaii. 

(a) When the Administrator has de-

termined, pursuant to a request and 
justification provided by the Governor 
of the State of Hawaii, or the Gov-
ernor’s designee, that an inhabited 
area within a declared national dis-
aster area in the State of Hawaii is in 
need of protection for humanitarian 
reasons, the Administrator will issue a 
Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) desig-
nating an area within which temporary 
flight restrictions apply. The Adminis-
trator will designate the extent and du-
ration of the temporary flight restric-
tions necessary to provide for the pro-

tection of persons and property on the 
surface. 

(b) When a NOTAM has been issued in 

accordance with this section, no person 
may operate an aircraft within the des-
ignated area unless at least one of the 
following conditions is met: 

(1) That person has obtained author-

ization from the official in charge of 
associated emergency or disaster relief 
response activities, and is operating 
the aircraft under the conditions of 
that authorization. 

(2) The aircraft is carrying law en-

forcement officials. 

(3) The aircraft is carrying persons 

involved in an emergency or a legiti-
mate scientific purpose. 

(4) The aircraft is carrying properly 

accredited newspersons, and that prior 
to entering the area, a flight plan is 
filed with the appropriate FAA or ATC 
facility specified in the NOTAM and 
the operation is conducted in compli-
ance with the conditions and restric-
tions established by the official in 
charge of on-scene emergency response 
activities. 

(5) The aircraft is operating in ac-

cordance with an ATC clearance or in-
struction. 

(c) A NOTAM issued under this sec-

tion is effective for 90 days or until the 
national disaster area designation is 
terminated, whichever comes first, un-
less terminated by notice or extended 
by the Administrator at the request of 
the Governor of the State of Hawaii or 
the Governor’s designee. 

[Doc. No. 26476, 56 FR 23178, May 20, 1991, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–270, 66 FR 47377, Sept. 
11, 2001] 

§ 91.139

Emergency air traffic rules. 

(a) This section prescribes a process 

for utilizing Notices to Airmen 
(NOTAMs) to advise of the issuance 
and operations under emergency air 
traffic rules and regulations and des-
ignates the official who is authorized 
to issue NOTAMs on behalf of the Ad-
ministrator in certain matters under 
this section. 

(b) Whenever the Administrator de-

termines that an emergency condition 
exists, or will exist, relating to the 
FAA’s ability to operate the air traffic 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00709

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

700 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.141 

control system and during which nor-
mal flight operations under this chap-
ter cannot be conducted consistent 
with the required levels of safety and 
efficiency— 

(1) The Administrator issues an im-

mediately effective air traffic rule or 
regulation in response to that emer-
gency condition; and 

(2) The Administrator or the Asso-

ciate Administrator for Air Traffic 
may utilize the NOTAM system to pro-
vide notification of the issuance of the 
rule or regulation. 

Those NOTAMs communicate informa-
tion concerning the rules and regula-
tions that govern flight operations, the 
use of navigation facilities, and des-
ignation of that airspace in which the 
rules and regulations apply. 

(c) When a NOTAM has been issued 

under this section, no person may oper-
ate an aircraft, or other device gov-
erned by the regulation concerned, 
within the designated airspace except 
in accordance with the authorizations, 
terms, and conditions prescribed in the 
regulation covered by the NOTAM. 

§ 91.141

Flight restrictions in the prox-

imity of the Presidential and other 
parties. 

No person may operate an aircraft 

over or in the vicinity of any area to be 
visited or traveled by the President, 
the Vice President, or other public fig-
ures contrary to the restrictions estab-
lished by the Administrator and pub-
lished in a Notice to Airmen (NOTAM). 

§ 91.143

Flight limitation in the prox-

imity of space flight operations. 

When a Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) is 

issued in accordance with this section, 
no person may operate any aircraft of 
U.S. registry, or pilot any aircraft 
under the authority of an airman cer-
tificate issued by the Federal Aviation 
Administration, within areas des-
ignated in a NOTAM for space flight 
operation except when authorized by 
ATC. 

[Doc. No. FAA–2004–19246, 69 FR 59753, Oct. 5, 
2004] 

§ 91.144

Temporary restriction on 

flight operations during abnormally 
high barometric pressure condi-
tions. 

(a) 

Special flight restrictions. When any 

information indicates that barometric 
pressure on the route of flight cur-
rently exceeds or will exceed 31 inches 
of mercury, no person may operate an 
aircraft or initiate a flight contrary to 
the requirements established by the 
Administrator and published in a No-
tice to Airmen issued under this sec-
tion. 

(b) 

Waivers.  The Administrator is au-

thorized to waive any restriction 
issued under paragraph (a) of this sec-
tion to permit emergency supply, 
transport, or medical services to be de-
livered to isolated communities, where 
the operation can be conducted with an 
acceptable level of safety. 

[Amdt. 91–240, 59 FR 17452, Apr. 12, 1994; 59 FR 
37669, July 25, 1994] 

§ 91.145

Management of aircraft oper-

ations in the vicinity of aerial dem-
onstrations and major sporting 
events. 

(a) The FAA will issue a Notice to 

Airmen (NOTAM) designating an area 
of airspace in which a temporary flight 
restriction applies when it determines 
that a temporary flight restriction is 
necessary to protect persons or prop-
erty on the surface or in the air, to 
maintain air safety and efficiency, or 
to prevent the unsafe congestion of air-
craft in the vicinity of an aerial dem-
onstration or major sporting event. 
These demonstrations and events may 
include: 

(1) United States Naval Flight Dem-

onstration Team (Blue Angels); 

(2) United States Air Force Air Dem-

onstration Squadron (Thunderbirds); 

(3) United States Army Parachute 

Team (Golden Knights); 

(4) Summer/Winter Olympic Games; 
(5) Annual Tournament of Roses 

Football Game; 

(6) World Cup Soccer; 
(7) Major League Baseball All-Star 

Game; 

(8) World Series; 
(9) Kodak Albuquerque International 

Balloon Fiesta; 

(10) Sandia Classic Hang Gliding 

Competition; 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00710

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

701 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.146 

(11) Indianapolis 500 Mile Race; 
(12) Any other aerial demonstration 

or sporting event the FAA determines 
to need a temporary flight restriction 
in accordance with paragraph (b) of 
this section. 

(b) In deciding whether a temporary 

flight restriction is necessary for an 
aerial demonstration or major sporting 
event not listed in paragraph (a) of this 
section, the FAA considers the fol-
lowing factors: 

(1) Area where the event will be held. 
(2) Effect flight restrictions will have 

on known aircraft operations. 

(3) Any existing ATC airspace traffic 

management restrictions. 

(4) Estimated duration of the event. 
(5) Degree of public interest. 
(6) Number of spectators. 
(7) Provisions for spectator safety. 
(8) Number and types of participating 

aircraft. 

(9) Use of mixed high and low per-

formance aircraft. 

(10) Impact on non-participating air-

craft. 

(11) Weather minimums. 
(12) Emergency procedures that will 

be in effect. 

(c) A NOTAM issued under this sec-

tion will state the name of the aerial 
demonstration or sporting event and 
specify the effective dates and times, 
the geographic features or coordinates, 
and any other restrictions or proce-
dures governing flight operations in 
the designated airspace. 

(d) When a NOTAM has been issued in 

accordance with this section, no person 
may operate an aircraft or device, or 
engage in any activity within the des-
ignated airspace area, except in accord-
ance with the authorizations, terms, 
and conditions of the temporary flight 
restriction published in the NOTAM, 
unless otherwise authorized by: 

(1) Air traffic control; or 
(2) A Flight Standards Certificate of 

Waiver or Authorization issued for the 
demonstration or event. 

(e) For the purpose of this section: 
(1) 

Flight restricted airspace area for an 

aerial demonstration—The amount of 
airspace needed to protect persons and 
property on the surface or in the air, to 
maintain air safety and efficiency, or 
to prevent the unsafe congestion of air-
craft will vary depending on the aerial 

demonstration and the factors listed in 
paragraph (b) of this section. The re-
stricted airspace area will normally be 
limited to a 5 nautical mile radius 
from the center of the demonstration 
and an altitude 17000 mean sea level 
(for high performance aircraft) or 13000 
feet above the surface (for certain 
parachute operations), but will be no 
greater than the minimum airspace 
necessary for the management of air-
craft operations in the vicinity of the 
specified area. 

(2) 

Flight restricted area for a major 

sporting event—The amount of airspace 
needed to protect persons and property 
on the surface or in the air, to main-
tain air safety and efficiency, or to pre-
vent the unsafe congestion of aircraft 
will vary depending on the size of the 
event and the factors listed in para-
graph (b) of this section. The restricted 
airspace will normally be limited to a 
3 nautical mile radius from the center 
of the event and 2500 feet above the 
surface but will not be greater than the 
minimum airspace necessary for the 
management of aircraft operations in 
the vicinity of the specified area. 

(f) A NOTAM issued under this sec-

tion will be issued at least 30 days in 
advance of an aerial demonstration or 
a major sporting event, unless the FAA 
finds good cause for a shorter period 
and explains this in the NOTAM. 

(g) When warranted, the FAA Admin-

istrator may exclude the following 
flights from the provisions of this sec-
tion: 

(1) Essential military. 
(2) Medical and rescue. 
(3) Presidential and Vice Presi-

dential. 

(4) Visiting heads of state. 
(5) Law enforcement and security. 
(6) Public health and welfare. 

[Doc. No. FAA–2000–8274, 66 FR 47378, Sept. 
11, 2001] 

§ 91.146

Passenger-carrying flights for 

the benefit of a charitable, non-
profit, or community event. 

(a) 

Definitions.  For purposes of this 

section, the following definitions 
apply: 

Charitable event means an event that 

raises funds for the benefit of a chari-
table organization recognized by the 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00711

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

702 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.146 

Department of the Treasury whose do-
nors may deduct contributions under 
section 170 of the Internal Revenue 
Code (26 U.S.C. Section 170). 

Community event means an event that 

raises funds for the benefit of any local 
or community cause that is not a char-
itable event or non-profit event. 

Non-profit event means an event that 

raises funds for the benefit of a non- 
profit organization recognized under 
State or Federal law, as long as one of 
the organization’s purposes is the pro-
motion of aviation safety. 

(b) Passenger-carrying flights in air-

planes, powered-lift, or rotorcraft for 
the benefit of a charitable, nonprofit, 
or community event identified in para-
graph (c) of this section are not subject 
to the certification requirements of 
part 119 of this chapter or the drug and 
alcohol testing requirements in part 
120 of this chapter, provided the fol-
lowing conditions are satisfied and the 
limitations in paragraphs (c) and (d) of 
this section are not exceeded: 

(1) The flight is nonstop and begins 

and ends at the same airport and is 
conducted within a 25-statute mile ra-
dius of that airport; 

(2) The flight is conducted from a 

public airport that is adequate for the 
aircraft used, or from another location 
the FAA approves for the operation; 

(3) The aircraft has a maximum of 30 

seats, excluding each crewmember 
seat, and a maximum payload capacity 
of 7,500 pounds; 

(4) The flight is not an aerobatic or a 

formation flight; 

(5) Each aircraft holds a standard air-

worthiness certificate, is airworthy, 
and is operated in compliance with the 
applicable requirements of subpart E of 
this part; 

(6) Each flight is made during day 

VFR conditions; 

(7) Reimbursement of the operator of 

the aircraft is limited to that portion 
of the passenger payment for the flight 
that does not exceed the pro rata cost 
of owning, operating, and maintaining 
the aircraft for that flight, which may 
include fuel, oil, airport expenditures, 
and rental fees; 

(8) The beneficiary of the funds raised 

is not in the business of transportation 
by air; 

(9) A private pilot acting as pilot in 

command has at least 500 hours of 
flight time; 

(10) Each flight is conducted in ac-

cordance with the safety provisions of 
part 136, subpart A of this chapter; and 

(11) Flights are not conducted over a 

national park, unit of a national park, 
or abutting tribal lands, unless the op-
erator has secured a letter of agree-
ment from the FAA, as specified under 
subpart B of part 136 of this chapter, 
and is operating in accordance with 
that agreement during the flights. 

(c) (1) Passenger-carrying flights or 

series of flights are limited to a total 
of four charitable events or non-profit 
events per year, with no event lasting 
more than three consecutive days. 

(2) Passenger-carrying flights or se-

ries of flights are limited to one com-
munity event per year, with no event 
lasting more than three consecutive 
days. 

(d) Pilots and sponsors of events de-

scribed in this section are limited to no 
more than 4 events per calendar year. 

(e) At least seven days before the 

event, each sponsor of an event de-
scribed in this section must furnish to 
the responsible Flight Standards office 
for the area where the event is sched-
uled: 

(1) A signed letter detailing the name 

of the sponsor, the purpose of the 
event, the date and time of the event, 
the location of the event, all prior 
events under this section participated 
in by the sponsor in the current cal-
endar year; 

(2) A photocopy of each pilot in com-

mand’s pilot certificate, medical cer-
tificate, and logbook entries that show 
the pilot is current in accordance with 
§§ 61.56 and 61.57 of this chapter and 
that any private pilot has at least 500 
hours of flight time; and 

(3) A signed statement from each 

pilot that lists all prior events under 
this section in which the pilot has par-
ticipated during the current calendar 
year. 

[Doc. No. FAA–1998–4521, 72 FR 6910, Feb. 13, 
2007, as amended by Amdt. 91–308, 74 FR 
32804, July 9, 2009; Docket FAA–2018–0119, 
Amdt. 91–350, 83 FR 9171, Mar. 5, 2018; Docket 
No. FAA–2022–1563; Amdt. Nos. 91–370, 88 FR 
48087, July 26, 2023] 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00712

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

703 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.153 

§ 91.147

Passenger carrying flights for 

compensation or hire. 

Each Operator conducting passenger- 

carrying flights for compensation or 
hire must meet the following require-
ments unless all flights are conducted 
under § 91.146. 

(a) For the purposes of this section 

and for drug and alcohol testing, 

Oper-

ator means any person conducting non-
stop passenger-carrying flights in an 
airplane, powered-lift, or rotorcraft for 
compensation or hire in accordance 
with § 119.1(e)(2), § 135.1(a)(5), or 
§ 121.1(d) of this chapter that begin and 
end at the same airport and are con-
ducted within a 25-statute mile radius 
of that airport. 

(b) An Operator must comply with 

the safety provisions of part 136, sub-
part A of this chapter, and apply for 
and receive a Letter of Authorization 
from the responsible Flight Standards 
office. 

(c) Each application for a Letter of 

Authorization must include the fol-
lowing information: 

(1) Name of Operator, agent, and any 

d/b/a (doing-business-as) under which 
that Operator does business; 

(2) Principal business address and 

mailing address; 

(3) Principal place of business (if dif-

ferent from business address); 

(4) Name of person responsible for 

management of the business; 

(5) Name of person responsible for 

aircraft maintenance; 

(6) Type of aircraft, registration 

number(s), and make/model/series; and 

(7) An Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse 

Prevention Program registration. 

(d) The Operator must register and 

implement its drug and alcohol testing 
programs in accordance with part 120 
of this chapter. 

(e) The Operator must comply with 

the provisions of the Letter of Author-
ization received. 

[Doc. No. FAA–1998–4521, 72 FR 6911, Feb. 13, 
2007, as amended by Amdt. 91–307, 74 FR 
22652, May 14, 2009; Amdt. 91–320, 76 FR 8893, 
Feb. 16, 2011; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 
91–350, 83 FR 9171, Mar. 5, 2018; Docket No. 
FAA–2022–1563; Amdt. Nos. 91–370, 88 FR 
48087, July 26, 2023] 

§§ 91.148–91.149

[Reserved] 

V

ISUAL

F

LIGHT

R

ULES

 

§ 91.151

Fuel requirements for flight in 

VFR conditions. 

(a) No person may begin a flight in 

an airplane under VFR conditions un-
less (considering wind and forecast 
weather conditions) there is enough 
fuel to fly to the first point of intended 
landing and, assuming normal cruising 
speed— 

(1) During the day, to fly after that 

for at least 30 minutes; or 

(2) At night, to fly after that for at 

least 45 minutes. 

(b) No person may begin a flight in a 

rotorcraft under VFR conditions unless 
(considering wind and forecast weather 
conditions) there is enough fuel to fly 
to the first point of intended landing 
and, assuming normal cruising speed, 
to fly after that for at least 20 minutes. 

§ 91.153

VFR flight plan: Information 

required. 

(a) 

Information required. Unless other-

wise authorized by ATC, each person 
filing a VFR flight plan shall include in 
it the following information: 

(1) The aircraft identification num-

ber and, if necessary, its radio call 
sign. 

(2) The type of the aircraft or, in the 

case of a formation flight, the type of 
each aircraft and the number of air-
craft in the formation. 

(3) The full name and address of the 

pilot in command or, in the case of a 
formation flight, the formation com-
mander. 

(4) The point and proposed time of de-

parture. 

(5) The proposed route, cruising alti-

tude (or flight level), and true airspeed 
at that altitude. 

(6) The point of first intended landing 

and the estimated elapsed time until 
over that point. 

(7) The amount of fuel on board (in 

hours). 

(8) The number of persons in the air-

craft, except where that information is 
otherwise readily available to the FAA. 

(9) Any other information the pilot in 

command or ATC believes is necessary 
for ATC purposes. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00713

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

704 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.155 

(b) 

Cancellation.  When a flight plan 

has been activated, the pilot in com-
mand, upon canceling or completing 
the flight under the flight plan, shall 
notify an FAA Flight Service Station 
or ATC facility. 

§ 91.155

Basic VFR weather minimums. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(b) of this section and § 91.157, no per-
son may operate an aircraft under VFR 
when the flight visibility is less, or at 
a distance from clouds that is less, 
than that prescribed for the cor-
responding altitude and class of air-
space in the following table: 

Airspace Flight 

visibility 

Distance from 

clouds 

Class A ....................

Not Applicable ....

Not Applicable. 

Class B ....................

3 statute miles ....

Clear of Clouds. 

Class C ....................

3 statute miles ....

500 feet below. 

.............................

1,000 feet above. 

.............................

2,000 feet hori-

zontal. 

Class D ....................

3 statute miles ....

500 feet below. 

.............................

1,000 feet above. 

.............................

2,000 feet hori-

zontal. 

Class E: 

Less than 

10,000 feet 
MSL.

3 statute miles ....

500 feet below. 

.............................

1,000 feet above. 

.............................

2,000 feet hori-

zontal. 

At or above 

10,000 feet 
MSL.

5 statute miles ....

1,000 feet below. 

.............................

1,000 feet above. 

.............................

1 statute mile hor-

izontal. 

Class G: 

1,200 feet or 

less above 
the surface 
(regardless of 
MSL altitude) 

For aircraft other 

than helicopters: 

Day, except as 

provided in 
§ 91.155(b).

1 statute mile ......

Clear of clouds. 

Night, except as 

provided in 
§ 91.155(b).

3 statute miles ....

500 feet below. 

.............................

1,000 feet above. 

.............................

2,000 feet hori-

zontal. 

For helicopters: 

Day ...................

1

2

statute mile ....

Clear of clouds 

Night, except as 

provided in 
§ 91.155(b).

1 statute mile ......

Clear of clouds. 

More than 1,200 

feet above the 
surface but 
less than 
10,000 feet 
MSL 

Day ............

1 statute mile ......

500 feet below. 

Airspace Flight 

visibility 

Distance from 

clouds 

.............................

1,000 feet above. 

.............................

2,000 feet hori-

zontal. 

Night ..........

3 statute miles ....

500 feet below. 

.............................

1,000 feet above. 

.............................

2,000 feet hori-

zontal. 

More than 1,200 

feet above the 
surface and at 
or above 
10,000 feet 
MSL.

5 statute miles ....

1,000 feet below. 

.............................

1,000 feet above. 

.............................

1 statute mile hor-

izontal. 

(b) 

Class G Airspace. Notwithstanding 

the provisions of paragraph (a) of this 
section, the following operations may 
be conducted in Class G airspace below 
1,200 feet above the surface: 

(1) 

Helicopter. A helicopter may be op-

erated clear of clouds in an airport 
traffic pattern within 

1

2

mile of the 

runway or helipad of intended landing 
if the flight visibility is not less than 

1

2

statute mile. 

(2) 

Airplane, powered parachute, or 

weight-shift-control aircraft. If the visi-
bility is less than 3 statute miles but 
not less than 1 statute mile during 
night hours and you are operating in 
an airport traffic pattern within 

1

2

 

mile of the runway, you may operate 
an airplane, powered parachute, or 
weight-shift-control aircraft clear of 
clouds. 

(c) Except as provided in § 91.157, no 

person may operate an aircraft beneath 
the ceiling under VFR within the lat-
eral boundaries of controlled airspace 
designated to the surface for an airport 
when the ceiling is less than 1,000 feet. 

(d) Except as provided in § 91.157 of 

this part, no person may take off or 
land an aircraft, or enter the traffic 
pattern of an airport, under VFR, with-
in the lateral boundaries of the surface 
areas of Class B, Class C, Class D, or 
Class E airspace designated for an air-
port— 

(1) Unless ground visibility at that 

airport is at least 3 statute miles; or 

(2) If ground visibility is not reported 

at that airport, unless flight visibility 
during landing or takeoff, or while op-
erating in the traffic pattern is at least 
3 statute miles. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00714

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

705 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.161 

(e) For the purpose of this section, an 

aircraft operating at the base altitude 
of a Class E airspace area is considered 
to be within the airspace directly 
below that area. 

[Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65660, Dec. 17, 1991, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–235, 58 FR 51968, Oct. 5, 
1993; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 27, 2004; 
Amdt. 91–330, 79 FR 9972, Feb. 21, 2014; Amdt. 
91–330A, 79 FR 41125, July 15, 2014] 

§ 91.157

Special VFR weather mini-

mums. 

(a) Except as provided in appendix D, 

section 3, of this part, special VFR op-
erations may be conducted under the 
weather minimums and requirements 
of this section, instead of those con-
tained in § 91.155, below 10,000 feet MSL 
within the airspace contained by the 
upward extension of the lateral bound-
aries of the controlled airspace des-
ignated to the surface for an airport. 

(b) Special VFR operations may only 

be conducted— 

(1) With an ATC clearance; 
(2) Clear of clouds; 
(3) Except for helicopters, when flight 

visibility is at least 1 statute mile; and 

(4) Except for helicopters, between 

sunrise and sunset (or in Alaska, when 
the sun is 6 degrees or less below the 
horizon) unless— 

(i) The person being granted the ATC 

clearance meets the applicable require-
ments for instrument flight under part 
61 of this chapter; and 

(ii) The aircraft is equipped as re-

quired in § 91.205(d). 

(c) No person may take off or land an 

aircraft (other than a helicopter) under 
special VFR— 

(1) Unless ground visibility is at least 

1 statute mile; or 

(2) If ground visibility is not re-

ported, unless flight visibility is at 
least 1 statute mile. For the purposes 
of this paragraph, the term flight visi-
bility includes the visibility from the 
cockpit of an aircraft in takeoff posi-
tion if: 

(i) The flight is conducted under this 

part 91; and 

(ii) The airport at which the aircraft 

is located is a satellite airport that 
does not have weather reporting capa-
bilities. 

(d) The determination of visibility by 

a pilot in accordance with paragraph 

(c)(2) of this section is not an official 
weather report or an official ground 
visibility report. 

[Amdt. 91–235, 58 FR 51968, Oct. 5, 1993, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–247, 60 FR 66874, Dec. 
27, 1995; Amdt. 91–262, 65 FR 16116, Mar. 24, 
2000; Docket No. FAA–2022–1355, Amdt. No. 
91–366, 87 FR 75846, Dec. 9, 2022] 

§ 91.159

VFR cruising altitude or flight 

level. 

Except while holding in a holding 

pattern of 2 minutes or less, or while 
turning, each person operating an air-
craft under VFR in level cruising flight 
more than 3,000 feet above the surface 
shall maintain the appropriate altitude 
or flight level prescribed below, unless 
otherwise authorized by ATC: 

(a) When operating below 18,000 feet 

MSL and— 

(1) On a magnetic course of zero de-

grees through 179 degrees, any odd 
thousand foot MSL altitude + 500 feet 
(such as 3,500, 5,500, or 7,500); or 

(2) On a magnetic course of 180 de-

grees through 359 degrees, any even 
thousand foot MSL altitude + 500 feet 
(such as 4,500, 6,500, or 8,500). 

(b) When operating above 18,000 feet 

MSL, maintain the altitude or flight 
level assigned by ATC. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–276, 68 FR 61321, Oct. 
27, 2003; 68 FR 70133, Dec. 17, 2003] 

§ 91.161

Special awareness training re-

quired for pilots flying under visual 
flight rules within a 60-nautical 
mile radius of the Washington, DC 
VOR/DME. 

(a) 

Operations within a 60-nautical mile 

radius of the Washington, DC VOR/DME 
under visual flight rules (VFR). 
Except 
as provided under paragraph (e) of this 
section, no person may serve as a pilot 
in command or as second in command 
of an aircraft while flying within a 60- 
nautical mile radius of the DCA VOR/ 
DME, under VFR, unless that pilot has 
completed Special Awareness Training 
and holds a certificate of training com-
pletion. 

(b) 

Special Awareness Training. The 

Special Awareness Training consists of 
information to educate pilots about the 
procedures for flying in the Wash-
ington, DC area and, more generally, in 
other types of special use airspace. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00715

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

706 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§§ 91.162–91.165 

This free training is available on the 
FAA’s Web site. Upon completion of 
the training, each person will need to 
print out a copy of the certificate of 
training completion. 

(c) 

Inspection of certificate of training 

completion.  Each person who holds a 
certificate for completing the Special 
Awareness Training must present it for 
inspection upon request from: 

(1) An authorized representative of 

the FAA; 

(2) An authorized representative of 

the National Transportation Safety 
Board; 

(3) Any Federal, State, or local law 

enforcement officer; or 

(4) An authorized representative of 

the Transportation Security Adminis-
tration. 

(d) 

Emergency declared. The failure to 

complete the Special Awareness Train-
ing course on flying in and around the 
Washington, DC Metropolitan Area is 
not a violation of this section if an 
emergency is declared by the pilot, as 
described under § 91.3(b), or there was a 
failure of two-way radio communica-
tions when operating under IFR as de-
scribed under § 91.185. 

(e) 

Exceptions.  The requirements of 

this section do not apply if the flight is 
being performed in an aircraft of an air 
ambulance operator certificated to 
conduct part 135 operations under this 
chapter, the U.S. Armed Forces, or a 
law enforcement agency. 

[Doc. No. FAA–2006–25250, 73 FR 46803, Aug. 
12, 2008] 

§§ 91.162–91.165

[Reserved] 

I

NSTRUMENT

F

LIGHT

R

ULES

 

§ 91.167

Fuel requirements for flight in 

IFR conditions. 

(a) No person may operate a civil air-

craft in IFR conditions unless it car-
ries enough fuel (considering weather 
reports and forecasts and weather con-
ditions) to— 

(1) Complete the flight to the first 

airport of intended landing; 

(2) Except as provided in paragraph 

(b) of this section, fly from that airport 
to the alternate airport; and 

(3) Fly after that for 45 minutes at 

normal cruising speed or, for heli-

copters, fly after that for 30 minutes at 
normal cruising speed. 

(b) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section 

does not apply if: 

(1) Part 97 of this chapter prescribes 

a standard instrument approach proce-
dure to, or a special instrument ap-
proach procedure has been issued by 
the Administrator to the operator for, 
the first airport of intended landing; 
and 

(2) Appropriate weather reports or 

weather forecasts, or a combination of 
them, indicate the following: 

(i) 

For aircraft other than helicopters. 

For at least 1 hour before and for 1 
hour after the estimated time of ar-
rival, the ceiling will be at least 2,000 
feet above the airport elevation and 
the visibility will be at least 3 statute 
miles. 

(ii) 

For helicopters. At the estimated 

time of arrival and for 1 hour after the 
estimated time of arrival, the ceiling 
will be at least 1,000 feet above the air-
port elevation, or at least 400 feet 
above the lowest applicable approach 
minima, whichever is higher, and the 
visibility will be at least 2 statute 
miles. 

[Doc. No. 98–4390, 65 FR 3546, Jan. 21, 2000] 

§ 91.169

IFR flight plan: Information 

required. 

(a) 

Information required. Unless other-

wise authorized by ATC, each person 
filing an IFR flight plan must include 
in it the following information: 

(1) Information required under § 91.153 

(a) of this part; 

(2) Except as provided in paragraph 

(b) of this section, an alternate airport. 

(b) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section 

does not apply if : 

(1) Part 97 of this chapter prescribes 

a standard instrument approach proce-
dure to, or a special instrument ap-
proach procedure has been issued by 
the Administrator to the operator for, 
the first airport of intended landing; 
and 

(2) Appropriate weather reports or 

weather forecasts, or a combination of 
them, indicate the following: 

(i) 

For aircraft other than helicopters. 

For at least 1 hour before and for 1 
hour after the estimated time of ar-
rival, the ceiling will be at least 2,000 
feet above the airport elevation and 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00716

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

707 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.171 

the visibility will be at least 3 statute 
miles. 

(ii) 

For helicopters. At the estimated 

time of arrival and for 1 hour after the 
estimated time of arrival, the ceiling 
will be at least 1,000 feet above the air-
port elevation, or at least 400 feet 
above the lowest applicable approach 
minima, whichever is higher, and the 
visibility will be at least 2 statute 
miles. 

(c) 

IFR alternate airport weather mini-

ma. Unless otherwise authorized by the 
Administrator, no person may include 
an alternate airport in an IFR flight 
plan unless appropriate weather re-
ports or weather forecasts, or a com-
bination of them, indicate that, at the 
estimated time of arrival at the alter-
nate airport, the ceiling and visibility 
at that airport will be at or above the 
following weather minima: 

(1) If an instrument approach proce-

dure has been published in part 97 of 
this chapter, or a special instrument 
approach procedure has been issued by 
the Administrator to the operator, for 
that airport, the following minima: 

(i) 

For aircraft other than helicopters: 

The alternate airport minima specified 
in that procedure, or if none are speci-
fied the following standard approach 
minima: 

(A) 

For a precision approach procedure. 

Ceiling 600 feet and visibility 2 statute 
miles. 

(B) 

For a nonprecision approach proce-

dure.  Ceiling 800 feet and visibility 2 
statute miles. 

(ii) 

For helicopters: Ceiling 200 feet 

above the minimum for the approach 
to be flown, and visibility at least 1 
statute mile but never less than the 
minimum visibility for the approach to 
be flown, and 

(2) If no instrument approach proce-

dure has been published in part 97 of 
this chapter and no special instrument 
approach procedure has been issued by 
the Administrator to the operator, for 
the alternate airport, the ceiling and 
visibility minima are those allowing 
descent from the MEA, approach, and 
landing under basic VFR. 

(d) 

Cancellation.  When a flight plan 

has been activated, the pilot in com-
mand, upon canceling or completing 
the flight under the flight plan, shall 

notify an FAA Flight Service Station 
or ATC facility. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–259, 65 FR 3546, Jan. 21, 
2000] 

§ 91.171

VOR equipment check for IFR 

operations. 

(a) No person may operate a civil air-

craft under IFR using the VOR system 
of radio navigation unless the VOR 
equipment of that aircraft— 

(1) Is maintained, checked, and in-

spected under an approved procedure; 
or 

(2) Has been operationally checked 

within the preceding 30 days, and was 
found to be within the limits of the 
permissible indicated bearing error set 
forth in paragraph (b) or (c) of this sec-
tion. 

(b) Except as provided in paragraph 

(c) of this section, each person con-
ducting a VOR check under paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section shall— 

(1) Use, at the airport of intended de-

parture, an FAA-operated or approved 
test signal or a test signal radiated by 
a certificated and appropriately rated 
radio repair station or, outside the 
United States, a test signal operated or 
approved by an appropriate authority 
to check the VOR equipment (the max-
imum permissible indicated bearing 
error is plus or minus 4 degrees); or 

(2) Use, at the airport of intended de-

parture, a point on the airport surface 
designated as a VOR system check-
point by the Administrator, or, outside 
the United States, by an appropriate 
authority (the maximum permissible 
bearing error is plus or minus 4 de-
grees); 

(3) If neither a test signal nor a des-

ignated checkpoint on the surface is 
available, use an airborne checkpoint 
designated by the Administrator or, 
outside the United States, by an appro-
priate authority (the maximum per-
missible bearing error is plus or minus 
6 degrees); or 

(4) If no check signal or point is 

available, while in flight— 

(i) Select a VOR radial that lies 

along the centerline of an established 
VOR airway; 

(ii) Select a prominent ground point 

along the selected radial preferably 
more than 20 nautical miles from the 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00717

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

708 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.173 

VOR ground facility and maneuver the 
aircraft directly over the point at a 
reasonably low altitude; and 

(iii) Note the VOR bearing indicated 

by the receiver when over the ground 
point (the maximum permissible vari-
ation between the published radial and 
the indicated bearing is 6 degrees). 

(c) If dual system VOR (units inde-

pendent of each other except for the 
antenna) is installed in the aircraft, 
the person checking the equipment 
may check one system against the 
other in place of the check procedures 
specified in paragraph (b) of this sec-
tion. Both systems shall be tuned to 
the same VOR ground facility and note 
the indicated bearings to that station. 
The maximum permissible variation 
between the two indicated bearings is 4 
degrees. 

(d) Each person making the VOR 

operational check, as specified in para-
graph (b) or (c) of this section, shall 
enter the date, place, bearing error, 
and sign the aircraft log or other 
record. In addition, if a test signal ra-
diated by a repair station, as specified 
in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, is 
used, an entry must be made in the air-
craft log or other record by the repair 
station certificate holder or the certifi-
cate holder’s representative certifying 
to the bearing transmitted by the re-
pair station for the check and the date 
of transmission. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0005) 

§ 91.173

ATC clearance and flight plan 

required. 

No person may operate an aircraft in 

controlled airspace under IFR unless 
that person has— 

(a) Filed an IFR flight plan; and 
(b) Received an appropriate ATC 

clearance. 

§ 91.175

Takeoff and landing under 

IFR. 

(a) 

Instrument approaches to civil air-

ports.  Unless otherwise authorized by 
the FAA, when it is necessary to use an 
instrument approach to a civil airport, 
each person operating an aircraft must 
use a standard instrument approach 
procedure prescribed in part 97 of this 
chapter for that airport. This para-

graph does not apply to United States 
military aircraft. 

(b) 

Authorized DA/DH or MDA. For the 

purpose of this section, when the ap-
proach procedure being used provides 
for and requires the use of a DA/DH or 
MDA, the authorized DA/DH or MDA is 
the highest of the following: 

(1) The DA/DH or MDA prescribed by 

the approach procedure. 

(2) The DA/DH or MDA prescribed for 

the pilot in command. 

(3) The DA/DH or MDA appropriate 

for the aircraft equipment available 
and used during the approach. 

(c) 

Operation below DA/DH or MDA. 

Except as provided in § 91.176 of this 
chapter, where a DA/DH or MDA is ap-
plicable, no pilot may operate an air-
craft, except a military aircraft of the 
United States, below the authorized 
MDA or continue an approach below 
the authorized DA/DH unless— 

(1) The aircraft is continuously in a 

position from which a descent to a 
landing on the intended runway can be 
made at a normal rate of descent using 
normal maneuvers, and for operations 
conducted under part 121 or part 135 un-
less that descent rate will allow touch-
down to occur within the touchdown 
zone of the runway of intended landing; 

(2) The flight visibility is not less 

than the visibility prescribed in the 
standard instrument approach being 
used; and 

(3) Except for a Category II or Cat-

egory III approach where any necessary 
visual reference requirements are spec-
ified by the Administrator, at least one 
of the following visual references for 
the intended runway is distinctly visi-
ble and identifiable to the pilot: 

(i) The approach light system, except 

that the pilot may not descend below 
100 feet above the touchdown zone ele-
vation using the approach lights as a 
reference unless the red terminating 
bars or the red side row bars are also 
distinctly visible and identifiable. 

(ii) The threshold. 
(iii) The threshold markings. 
(iv) The threshold lights. 
(v) The runway end identifier lights. 
(vi) The visual glideslope indicator. 
(vii) The touchdown zone or touch-

down zone markings. 

(viii) The touchdown zone lights. 
(ix) The runway or runway markings. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00718

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

709 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.175 

(x) The runway lights. 
(d) 

Landing.  No pilot operating an 

aircraft, except a military aircraft of 
the United States, may land that air-
craft when— 

(1) For operations conducted under 

§ 91.176 of this part, the requirements of 
paragraphs (a)(3)(iii) or (b)(3)(iii), as 
applicable, of that section are not met; 
or 

(2) For all other operations under 

this part and parts 121, 125, 129, and 135, 
the flight visibility is less than the vis-
ibility prescribed in the standard in-
strument approach procedure being 
used. 

(e) 

Missed approach procedures. Each 

pilot operating an aircraft, except a 
military aircraft of the United States, 
shall immediately execute an appro-
priate missed approach procedure when 
either of the following conditions exist: 

(1) Whenever operating an aircraft 

pursuant to paragraph (c) of this sec-
tion or § 91.176 of this part, and the re-
quirements of that paragraph or sec-
tion are not met at either of the fol-
lowing times: 

(i) When the aircraft is being oper-

ated below MDA; or 

(ii) Upon arrival at the missed ap-

proach point, including a DA/DH where 
a DA/DH is specified and its use is re-
quired, and at any time after that until 
touchdown. 

(2) Whenever an identifiable part of 

the airport is not distinctly visible to 
the pilot during a circling maneuver at 
or above MDA, unless the inability to 
see an identifiable part of the airport 
results only from a normal bank of the 
aircraft during the circling approach. 

(f) 

Civil airport takeoff minimums. This 

paragraph applies to persons operating 
an aircraft under part 121, 125, 129, or 
135 of this chapter. 

(1) Unless otherwise authorized by 

the FAA, no pilot may takeoff from a 
civil airport under IFR unless the 
weather conditions at time of takeoff 
are at or above the weather minimums 
for IFR takeoff prescribed for that air-
port under part 97 of this chapter. 

(2) If takeoff weather minimums are 

not prescribed under part 97 of this 
chapter for a particular airport, the 
following weather minimums apply to 
takeoffs under IFR: 

(i) For aircraft, other than heli-

copters, having two engines or less—1 
statute mile visibility. 

(ii) For aircraft having more than 

two engines—

1

2

statute mile visibility. 

(iii) For helicopters—

1

2

statute mile 

visibility. 

(3) Except as provided in paragraph 

(f)(4) of this section, no pilot may take-
off under IFR from a civil airport hav-
ing published obstacle departure proce-
dures (ODPs) under part 97 of this 
chapter for the takeoff runway to be 
used, unless the pilot uses such ODPs 
or an alternative procedure or route as-
signed by air traffic control. 

(4) Notwithstanding the requirements 

of paragraph (f)(3) of this section, no 
pilot may takeoff from an airport 
under IFR unless: 

(i) For part 121 and part 135 opera-

tors, the pilot uses a takeoff obstacle 
clearance or avoidance procedure that 
ensures compliance with the applicable 
airplane performance operating limita-
tions requirements under part 121, sub-
part I or part 135, subpart I for takeoff 
at that airport; or 

(ii) For part 129 operators, the pilot 

uses a takeoff obstacle clearance or 
avoidance procedure that ensures com-
pliance with the airplane performance 
operating limitations prescribed by the 
State of the operator for takeoff at 
that airport. 

(g) 

Military airports. Unless otherwise 

prescribed by the Administrator, each 
person operating a civil aircraft under 
IFR into or out of a military airport 
shall comply with the instrument ap-
proach procedures and the takeoff and 
landing minimum prescribed by the 
military authority having jurisdiction 
of that airport. 

(h) 

Comparable values of RVR and 

ground visibility. (1) Except for Category 
II or Category III minimums, if RVR 
minimums for takeoff or landing are 
prescribed in an instrument approach 
procedure, but RVR is not reported for 
the runway of intended operation, the 
RVR minimum shall be converted to 
ground visibility in accordance with 
the table in paragraph (h)(2) of this sec-
tion and shall be the visibility min-
imum for takeoff or landing on that 
runway. 

(2) 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00719

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

710 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.176 

RVR (feet) 

Visibility 

(statute 

miles) 

1,600 ..................................................................

1

4

 

2,400 ..................................................................

1

2

 

3,200 ..................................................................

5

8

 

4,000 ..................................................................

3

4

 

4,500 ..................................................................

7

8

 

5,000 ..................................................................

6,000 ..................................................................

1

1

4

 

(i) 

Operations on unpublished routes 

and use of radar in instrument approach 
procedures.  
When radar is approved at 
certain locations for ATC purposes, it 
may be used not only for surveillance 
and precision radar approaches, as ap-
plicable, but also may be used in con-
junction with instrument approach 
procedures predicated on other types of 
radio navigational aids. Radar vectors 
may be authorized to provide course 
guidance through the segments of an 
approach to the final course or fix. 
When operating on an unpublished 
route or while being radar vectored, 
the pilot, when an approach clearance 
is received, shall, in addition to com-
plying with § 91.177, maintain the last 
altitude assigned to that pilot until the 
aircraft is established on a segment of 
a published route or instrument ap-
proach procedure unless a different al-
titude is assigned by ATC. After the 
aircraft is so established, published al-
titudes apply to descent within each 
succeeding route or approach segment 
unless a different altitude is assigned 
by ATC. Upon reaching the final ap-
proach course or fix, the pilot may ei-
ther complete the instrument approach 
in accordance with a procedure ap-
proved for the facility or continue a 
surveillance or precision radar ap-
proach to a landing. 

(j) 

Limitation on procedure turns. In 

the case of a radar vector to a final ap-
proach course or fix, a timed approach 
from a holding fix, or an approach for 
which the procedure specifies ‘‘No PT,’’ 
no pilot may make a procedure turn 
unless cleared to do so by ATC. 

(k) 

ILS components. The basic compo-

nents of an ILS are the localizer, glide 
slope, and outer marker, and, when in-
stalled for use with Category II or Cat-
egory III instrument approach proce-
dures, an inner marker. The following 
means may be used to substitute for 
the outer marker: Compass locator; 
precision approach radar (PAR) or air-

port surveillance radar (ASR); DME, 
VOR, or nondirectional beacon fixes 
authorized in the standard instrument 
approach procedure; or a suitable 
RNAV system in conjunction with a fix 
identified in the standard instrument 
approach procedure. Applicability of, 
and substitution for, the inner marker 
for a Category II or III approach is de-
termined by the appropriate 14 CFR 
part 97 approach procedure, letter of 
authorization, or operations specifica-
tions issued to an operator. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. 
27, 2001; Amdt. 91–281, 69 FR 1640, Jan. 9, 2004; 
Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31678, June 7, 2007; Amdt. 
91–306, 74 FR 20205, May 1, 2009; Docket FAA– 
2013–0485, Amdt. 91–345, 81 FR 90172, Dec. 13, 
2016; Amdt. 91–345B, 83 FR 10568, Mar. 12, 2018] 

§ 91.176

Straight-in landing operations 

below DA/DH or MDA using an en-
hanced flight vision system (EFVS) 
under IFR. 

(a) 

EFVS operations to touchdown and 

rollout.  Unless otherwise authorized by 
the Administrator to use an MDA as a 
DA/DH with vertical navigation on an 
instrument approach procedure, or un-
less paragraph (d) of this section ap-
plies, no person may conduct an EFVS 
operation in an aircraft, except a mili-
tary aircraft of the United States, at 
any airport below the authorized DA/ 
DH to touchdown and rollout unless 
the minimums used for the particular 
approach procedure being flown include 
a DA or DH, and the following require-
ments are met: 

(1) 

Equipment.  (i) The aircraft must 

be equipped with an operable EFVS 
that meets the applicable airworthi-
ness requirements. The EFVS must: 

(A) Have an electronic means to pro-

vide a display of the forward external 
scene topography (the applicable nat-
ural or manmade features of a place or 
region especially in a way to show 
their relative positions and elevation) 
through the use of imaging sensors, in-
cluding but not limited to forward- 
looking infrared, millimeter wave 
radiometry, millimeter wave radar, or 
low-light level image intensification. 

(B) Present EFVS sensor imagery, 

aircraft flight information, and flight 
symbology on a head up display, or an 
equivalent display, so that the im-
agery, information and symbology are 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00720

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

711 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.176 

clearly visible to the pilot flying in his 
or her normal position with the line of 
vision looking forward along the flight 
path. Aircraft flight information and 
flight symbology must consist of at 
least airspeed, vertical speed, aircraft 
attitude, heading, altitude, height 
above ground level such as that pro-
vided by a radio altimeter or other de-
vice capable of providing equivalent 
performance, command guidance as ap-
propriate for the approach to be flown, 
path deviation indications, flight path 
vector, and flight path angle reference 
cue. Additionally, for aircraft other 
than rotorcraft, the EFVS must dis-
play flare prompt or flare guidance. 

(C) Present the displayed EFVS sen-

sor imagery, attitude symbology, flight 
path vector, and flight path angle ref-
erence cue, and other cues, which are 
referenced to the EFVS sensor imagery 
and external scene topography, so that 
they are aligned with, and scaled to, 
the external view. 

(D) Display the flight path angle ref-

erence cue with a pitch scale. The 
flight path angle reference cue must be 
selectable by the pilot to the desired 
descent angle for the approach and be 
sufficient to monitor the vertical flight 
path of the aircraft. 

(E) Display the EFVS sensor im-

agery, aircraft flight information, and 
flight symbology such that they do not 
adversely obscure the pilot’s outside 
view or field of view through the cock-
pit window. 

(F) Have display characteristics, dy-

namics, and cues that are suitable for 
manual control of the aircraft to 
touchdown in the touchdown zone of 
the runway of intended landing and 
during rollout. 

(ii) When a minimum flightcrew of 

more than one pilot is required, the 
aircraft must be equipped with a dis-
play that provides the pilot monitoring 
with EFVS sensor imagery. Any sym-
bology displayed may not adversely ob-
scure the sensor imagery of the runway 
environment. 

(2) 

Operations.  (i) The pilot con-

ducting the EFVS operation may not 
use circling minimums. 

(ii) Each required pilot flightcrew 

member must have adequate knowl-
edge of, and familiarity with, the air-

craft, the EFVS, and the procedures to 
be used. 

(iii) The aircraft must be equipped 

with, and the pilot flying must use, an 
operable EFVS that meets the equip-
ment requirements of paragraph (a)(1) 
of this section. 

(iv) When a minimum flightcrew of 

more than one pilot is required, the 
pilot monitoring must use the display 
specified in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) to mon-
itor and assess the safe conduct of the 
approach, landing, and rollout. 

(v) The aircraft must continuously be 

in a position from which a descent to a 
landing on the intended runway can be 
made at a normal rate of descent using 
normal maneuvers. 

(vi) The descent rate must allow 

touchdown to occur within the touch-
down zone of the runway of intended 
landing. 

(vii) Each required pilot flightcrew 

member must meet the following re-
quirements— 

(A) A person exercising the privileges 

of a pilot certificate issued under this 
chapter, any person serving as a re-
quired pilot flightcrew member of a 
U.S.-registered aircraft, or any person 
serving as a required pilot flightcrew 
member for a part 121, 125, or 135 oper-
ator, must be qualified in accordance 
with part 61 and, as applicable, the 
training, testing, and qualification pro-
visions of subpart K of this part, part 
121, 125, or 135 of this chapter that 
apply to the operation; or 

(B) Each person acting as a required 

pilot flightcrew member for a foreign 
air carrier subject to part 129, or any 
person serving as a required pilot 
flightcrew member of a foreign reg-
istered aircraft, must be qualified in 
accordance with the training require-
ments of the civil aviation authority of 
the State of the operator for the EFVS 
operation to be conducted. 

(viii) A person conducting operations 

under this part must conduct the oper-
ation in accordance with a letter of au-
thorization for the use of EFVS unless 
the operation is conducted in an air-
craft that has been issued an experi-
mental certificate under § 21.191 of this 
chapter for the purpose of research and 
development or showing compliance 
with regulations, or the operation is 
being conducted by a person otherwise 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00721

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

712 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.176 

authorized to conduct EFVS operations 
under paragraphs (a)(2)(ix) through 
(xii) of this section. A person applying 
to the FAA for a letter of authoriza-
tion must submit an application in a 
form and manner prescribed by the Ad-
ministrator. 

(ix) A person conducting operations 

under subpart K of this part must con-
duct the operation in accordance with 
management specifications authorizing 
the use of EFVS. 

(x) A person conducting operations 

under part 121, 129, or 135 of this chap-
ter must conduct the operation in ac-
cordance with operations specifications 
authorizing the use of EFVS. 

(xi) A person conducting operations 

under part 125 of this chapter must 
conduct the operation in accordance 
with operations specifications author-
izing the use of EFVS or, for a holder 
of a part 125 letter of deviation author-
ity, a letter of authorization for the 
use of EFVS. 

(xii) A person conducting an EFVS 

operation during an authorized Cat-
egory II or Category III operation must 
conduct the operation in accordance 
with operations specifications, man-
agement specifications, or a letter of 
authorization authorizing EFVS oper-
ations during authorized Category II or 
Category III operations. 

(3) 

Visibility and visual reference re-

quirements.  No pilot operating under 
this section or §§ 121.651, 125.381, or 
135.225 of this chapter may continue an 
approach below the authorized DA/DH 
and land unless: 

(i) The pilot determines that the en-

hanced flight visibility observed by use 
of an EFVS is not less than the visi-
bility prescribed in the instrument ap-
proach procedure being used. 

(ii) From the authorized DA/DH to 

100 feet above the touchdown zone ele-
vation of the runway of intended land-
ing, any approach light system or both 
the runway threshold and the touch-
down zone are distinctly visible and 
identifiable to the pilot using an 
EFVS. 

(A) The pilot must identify the run-

way threshold using at least one of the 
following visual references— 

(

1) The beginning of the runway land-

ing surface; 

(

2) The threshold lights; or 

(

3) The runway end identifier lights. 

(B) The pilot must identify the 

touchdown zone using at least one of 
the following visual references— 

(

1) The runway touchdown zone land-

ing surface; 

(

2) The touchdown zone lights; 

(

3) The touchdown zone markings; or 

(

4) The runway lights. 

(iii) At 100 feet above the touchdown 

zone elevation of the runway of in-
tended landing and below that altitude, 
the enhanced flight visibility using 
EFVS must be sufficient for one of the 
following visual references to be dis-
tinctly visible and identifiable to the 
pilot— 

(A) The runway threshold; 
(B) The lights or markings of the 

threshold; 

(C) The runway touchdown zone land-

ing surface; or 

(D) The lights or markings of the 

touchdown zone. 

(4) 

Additional requirements. The Ad-

ministrator may prescribe additional 
equipment, operational, and visibility 
and visual reference requirements to 
account for specific equipment charac-
teristics, operational procedures, or ap-
proach characteristics. These require-
ments will be specified in an operator’s 
operations specifications, management 
specifications, or letter of authoriza-
tion authorizing the use of EFVS. 

(b) 

EFVS operations to 100 feet above 

the touchdown zone elevation. Except as 
specified in paragraph (d) of this sec-
tion, no person may conduct an EFVS 
operation in an aircraft, except a mili-
tary aircraft of the United States, at 
any airport below the authorized DA/ 
DH or MDA to 100 feet above the touch-
down zone elevation unless the fol-
lowing requirements are met: 

(1) 

Equipment.  (i) The aircraft must 

be equipped with an operable EFVS 
that meets the applicable airworthi-
ness requirements. 

(ii) The EFVS must meet the require-

ments of paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) through 
(F) of this section, but need not present 
flare prompt, flare guidance, or height 
above ground level. 

(2) 

Operations.  (i) The pilot con-

ducting the EFVS operation may not 
use circling minimums. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00722

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

713 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.176 

(ii) Each required pilot flightcrew 

member must have adequate knowl-
edge of, and familiarity with, the air-
craft, the EFVS, and the procedures to 
be used. 

(iii) The aircraft must be equipped 

with, and the pilot flying must use, an 
operable EFVS that meets the equip-
ment requirements of paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section. 

(iv) The aircraft must continuously 

be in a position from which a descent 
to a landing on the intended runway 
can be made at a normal rate of de-
scent using normal maneuvers. 

(v) For operations conducted under 

part 121 or part 135 of this chapter, the 
descent rate must allow touchdown to 
occur within the touchdown zone of the 
runway of intended landing. 

(vi) Each required pilot flightcrew 

member must meet the following re-
quirements— 

(A) A person exercising the privileges 

of a pilot certificate issued under this 
chapter, any person serving as a re-
quired pilot flightcrew member of a 
U.S.-registered aircraft, or any person 
serving as a required pilot flightcrew 
member for a part 121, 125, or 135 oper-
ator, must be qualified in accordance 
with part 61 and, as applicable, the 
training, testing, and qualification pro-
visions of subpart K of this part, part 
121, 125, or 135 of this chapter that 
apply to the operation; or 

(B) Each person acting as a required 

pilot flightcrew member for a foreign 
air carrier subject to part 129, or any 
person serving as a required pilot 
flightcrew member of a foreign reg-
istered aircraft, must be qualified in 
accordance with the training require-
ments of the civil aviation authority of 
the State of the operator for the EFVS 
operation to be conducted. 

(vii) A person conducting operations 

under subpart K of this part must con-
duct the operation in accordance with 
management specifications authorizing 
the use of EFVS. 

(viii) A person conducting operations 

under part 121, 129, or 135 of this chap-
ter must conduct the operation in ac-
cordance with operations specifications 
authorizing the use of EFVS. 

(ix) A person conducting operations 

under part 125 of this chapter must 
conduct the operation in accordance 

with operations specifications author-
izing the use of EFVS or, for a holder 
of a part 125 letter of deviation author-
ity, a letter of authorization for the 
use of EFVS. 

(x) A person conducting an EFVS op-

eration during an authorized Category 
II or Category III operation must con-
duct the operation in accordance with 
operations specifications, management 
specifications, or a letter of authoriza-
tion authorizing EFVS operations dur-
ing authorized Category II or Category 
III operations. 

(3) 

Visibility and Visual Reference Re-

quirements.  No pilot operating under 
this section or § 121.651, § 125.381, or 
§ 135.225 of this chapter may continue 
an approach below the authorized MDA 
or continue an approach below the au-
thorized DA/DH and land unless: 

(i) The pilot determines that the en-

hanced flight visibility observed by use 
of an EFVS is not less than the visi-
bility prescribed in the instrument ap-
proach procedure being used. 

(ii) From the authorized MDA or DA/ 

DH to 100 feet above the touchdown 
zone elevation of the runway of in-
tended landing, any approach light sys-
tem or both the runway threshold and 
the touchdown zone are distinctly visi-
ble and identifiable to the pilot using 
an EFVS. 

(A) The pilot must identify the run-

way threshold using at least one of the 
following visual references– 

(

1) The beginning of the runway land-

ing surface; 

(

2) The threshold lights; or 

(

3) The runway end identifier lights. 

(B) The pilot must identify the 

touchdown zone using at least one of 
the following visual references— 

(

1) The runway touchdown zone land-

ing surface; 

(

2) The touchdown zone lights; 

(

3) The touchdown zone markings; or 

(

4) The runway lights. 

(iii) At 100 feet above the touchdown 

zone elevation of the runway of in-
tended landing and below that altitude, 
the flight visibility must be sufficient 
for one of the following visual ref-
erences to be distinctly visible and 
identifiable to the pilot without reli-
ance on the EFVS— 

(A) The runway threshold; 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00723

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

714 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.177 

(B) The lights or markings of the 

threshold; 

(C) The runway touchdown zone land-

ing surface; or 

(D) The lights or markings of the 

touchdown zone. 

(4) Compliance Date. Beginning on 

March 13, 2018, a person conducting an 
EFVS operation to 100 feet above the 
touchdown zone elevation must comply 
with the requirements of paragraph (b) 
of this section. 

(c) 

Public aircraft certification and 

training requirements. A public aircraft 
operator, other than the U.S. military, 
may conduct an EFVS operation under 
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section only 
if: 

(1) The aircraft meets all of the civil 

certification and airworthiness re-
quirements of paragraph (a)(1) or (b)(1) 
of this section, as applicable to the 
EFVS operation to be conducted; and 

(2) The pilot flightcrew member, or 

any other person who manipulates the 
controls of an aircraft during an EFVS 
operation, meets the training, recent 
flight experience and refresher training 
requirements of § 61.66 of this chapter 
applicable to EFVS operations. 

(d) 

Exception for Experimental Aircraft. 

The requirement to use an EFVS that 
meets the applicable airworthiness re-
quirements specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1)(i), (a)(2)(iii), (b)(1)(i), and 
(b)(2)(iii) of this section does not apply 
to operations conducted in an aircraft 
issued an experimental certificate 
under § 21.191 of this chapter for the 
purpose of research and development or 
showing compliance with regulations, 
provided the Administrator has deter-
mined that the operations can be con-
ducted safely in accordance with oper-
ating limitations issued for that pur-
pose. 

[Docket FAA–2013–0485, Amdt. 91–345, 81 FR 
90172, Dec. 13, 2016; 82 FR 2193, Jan. 9, 2017] 

§ 91.177

Minimum altitudes for IFR op-

erations. 

(a) 

Operation of aircraft at minimum al-

titudes.  Except when necessary for 
takeoff or landing, or unless otherwise 
authorized by the FAA, no person may 
operate an aircraft under IFR below— 

(1) The applicable minimum altitudes 

prescribed in parts 95 and 97 of this 
chapter. However, if both a MEA and a 

MOCA are prescribed for a particular 
route or route segment, a person may 
operate an aircraft below the MEA 
down to, but not below, the MOCA, pro-
vided the applicable navigation signals 
are available. For aircraft using VOR 
for navigation, this applies only when 
the aircraft is within 22 nautical miles 
of that VOR (based on the reasonable 
estimate by the pilot operating the air-
craft of that distance); or 

(2) If no applicable minimum altitude 

is prescribed in parts 95 and 97 of this 
chapter, then— 

(i) In the case of operations over an 

area designated as a mountainous area 
in part 95 of this chapter, an altitude of 
2,000 feet above the highest obstacle 
within a horizontal distance of 4 nau-
tical miles from the course to be flown; 
or 

(ii) In any other case, an altitude of 

1,000 feet above the highest obstacle 
within a horizontal distance of 4 nau-
tical miles from the course to be flown. 

(b) 

Climb. Climb to a higher minimum 

IFR altitude shall begin immediately 
after passing the point beyond which 
that minimum altitude applies, except 
that when ground obstructions inter-
vene, the point beyond which that 
higher minimum altitude applies shall 
be crossed at or above the applicable 
MCA. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31678, June 
7, 2007; Amdt. 91–315, 75 FR 30690, June 2, 2010] 

§ 91.179

IFR cruising altitude or flight 

level. 

Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, 

the following rules apply— 

(a) 

In controlled airspace. Each person 

operating an aircraft under IFR in 
level cruising flight in controlled air-
space shall maintain the altitude or 
flight level assigned that aircraft by 
ATC. However, if the ATC clearance as-
signs ‘‘VFR conditions on-top,’’ that 
person shall maintain an altitude or 
flight level as prescribed by § 91.159. 

(b) 

In uncontrolled airspace. Except 

while in a holding pattern of 2 minutes 
or less or while turning, each person 
operating an aircraft under IFR in 
level cruising flight in uncontrolled 
airspace shall maintain an appropriate 
altitude as follows: 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00724

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

715 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.183 

(1) When operating below 18,000 feet 

MSL and— 

(i) On a magnetic course of zero de-

grees through 179 degrees, any odd 
thousand foot MSL altitude (such as 
3,000, 5,000, or 7,000); or 

(ii) On a magnetic course of 180 de-

grees through 359 degrees, any even 
thousand foot MSL altitude (such as 
2,000, 4,000, or 6,000). 

(2) When operating at or above 18,000 

feet MSL but below flight level 290, 
and— 

(i) On a magnetic course of zero de-

grees through 179 degrees, any odd 
flight level (such as 190, 210, or 230); or 

(ii) On a magnetic course of 180 de-

grees through 359 degrees, any even 
flight level (such as 180, 200, or 220). 

(3) When operating at flight level 290 

and above in non-RVSM airspace, and— 

(i) On a magnetic course of zero de-

grees through 179 degrees, any flight 
level, at 4,000-foot intervals, beginning 
at and including flight level 290 (such 
as flight level 290, 330, or 370); or 

(ii) On a magnetic course of 180 de-

grees through 359 degrees, any flight 
level, at 4,000-foot intervals, beginning 
at and including flight level 310 (such 
as flight level 310, 350, or 390). 

(4) When operating at flight level 290 

and above in airspace designated as Re-
duced Vertical Separation Minimum 
(RVSM) airspace and— 

(i) On a magnetic course of zero de-

grees through 179 degrees, any odd 
flight level, at 2,000-foot intervals be-
ginning at and including flight level 290 
(such as flight level 290, 310, 330, 350, 
370, 390, 410); or 

(ii) On a magnetic course of 180 de-

grees through 359 degrees, any even 
flight level, at 2000-foot intervals be-
ginning at and including flight level 300 
(such as 300, 320, 340, 360, 380, 400). 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–276, 68 FR 61321, Oct. 
27, 2003; 68 FR 70133, Dec. 17, 2003; Amdt. 91– 
296, 72 FR 31679, June 7, 2007] 

§ 91.180

Operations within airspace 

designated as Reduced Vertical 
Separation Minimum airspace. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(b) of this section, no person may oper-
ate a civil aircraft in airspace des-
ignated as Reduced Vertical Separa-
tion Minimum (RVSM) airspace unless: 

(1) The operator and the operator’s 

aircraft comply with the minimum 
standards of appendix G of this part; 
and 

(2) The operator is authorized by the 

Administrator or the country of reg-
istry to conduct such operations. 

(b) The Administrator may authorize 

a deviation from the requirements of 
this section. 

[Amdt. 91–276, 68 FR 70133, Dec. 17, 2003] 

§ 91.181

Course to be flown. 

Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, 

no person may operate an aircraft 
within controlled airspace under IFR 
except as follows: 

(a) On an ATS route, along the cen-

terline of that airway. 

(b) On any other route, along the di-

rect course between the navigational 
aids or fixes defining that route. How-
ever, this section does not prohibit ma-
neuvering the aircraft to pass well 
clear of other air traffic or the maneu-
vering of the aircraft in VFR condi-
tions to clear the intended flight path 
both before and during climb or de-
scent. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June 
7, 2007] 

§ 91.183

IFR communications. 

Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, 

the pilot in command of each aircraft 
operated under IFR in controlled air-
space must ensure that a continuous 
watch is maintained on the appropriate 
frequency and must report the fol-
lowing as soon as possible— 

(a) The time and altitude of passing 

each designated reporting point, or the 
reporting points specified by ATC, ex-
cept that while the aircraft is under 
radar control, only the passing of those 
reporting points specifically requested 
by ATC need be reported; 

(b) Any unforecast weather condi-

tions encountered; and 

(c) Any other information relating to 

the safety of flight. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June 
7, 2007] 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00725

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

716 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.185 

§ 91.185

IFR operations: Two-way 

radio communications failure. 

(a) 

General.  Unless otherwise author-

ized by ATC, each pilot who has two- 
way radio communications failure 
when operating under IFR shall comply 
with the rules of this section. 

(b) 

VFR conditions. If the failure oc-

curs in VFR conditions, or if VFR con-
ditions are encountered after the fail-
ure, each pilot shall continue the flight 
under VFR and land as soon as prac-
ticable. 

(c) 

IFR conditions. If the failure oc-

curs in IFR conditions, or if paragraph 
(b) of this section cannot be complied 
with, each pilot shall continue the 
flight according to the following: 

(1) 

Route. (i) By the route assigned in 

the last ATC clearance received; 

(ii) If being radar vectored, by the di-

rect route from the point of radio fail-
ure to the fix, route, or airway speci-
fied in the vector clearance; 

(iii) In the absence of an assigned 

route, by the route that ATC has ad-
vised may be expected in a further 
clearance; or 

(iv) In the absence of an assigned 

route or a route that ATC has advised 
may be expected in a further clearance, 
by the route filed in the flight plan. 

(2) 

Altitude. At the highest of the fol-

lowing altitudes or flight levels for the 
route segment being flown: 

(i) The altitude or flight level as-

signed in the last ATC clearance re-
ceived; 

(ii) The minimum altitude (con-

verted, if appropriate, to minimum 
flight level as prescribed in § 91.121(c)) 
for IFR operations; or 

(iii) The altitude or flight level ATC 

has advised may be expected in a fur-
ther clearance. 

(3) 

Leave clearance limit. (i) When the 

clearance limit is a fix from which an 
approach begins, commence descent or 
descent and approach as close as pos-
sible to the expect-further-clearance 
time if one has been received, or if one 
has not been received, as close as pos-
sible to the estimated time of arrival 
as calculated from the filed or amended 
(with ATC) estimated time en route. 

(ii) If the clearance limit is not a fix 

from which an approach begins, leave 
the clearance limit at the expect-fur-
ther-clearance time if one has been re-

ceived, or if none has been received, 
upon arrival over the clearance limit, 
and proceed to a fix from which an ap-
proach begins and commence descent 
or descent and approach as close as 
possible to the estimated time of ar-
rival as calculated from the filed or 
amended (with ATC) estimated time en 
route. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989; 
Amdt. 91–211, 54 FR 41211, Oct. 5, 1989] 

§ 91.187

Operation under IFR in con-

trolled airspace: Malfunction re-
ports. 

(a) The pilot in command of each air-

craft operated in controlled airspace 
under IFR shall report as soon as prac-
tical to ATC any malfunctions of navi-
gational, approach, or communication 
equipment occurring in flight. 

(b) In each report required by para-

graph (a) of this section, the pilot in 
command shall include the— 

(1) Aircraft identification; 
(2) Equipment affected; 
(3) Degree to which the capability of 

the pilot to operate under IFR in the 
ATC system is impaired; and 

(4) Nature and extent of assistance 

desired from ATC. 

§ 91.189

Category II and III operations: 

General operating rules. 

(a) No person may operate a civil air-

craft in a Category II or III operation 
unless— 

(1) The flight crew of the aircraft 

consists of a pilot in command and a 
second in command who hold the ap-
propriate authorizations and ratings 
prescribed in § 61.3 of this chapter; 

(2) Each flight crewmember has ade-

quate knowledge of, and familiarity 
with, the aircraft and the procedures to 
be used; and 

(3) The instrument panel in front of 

the pilot who is controlling the aircraft 
has appropriate instrumentation for 
the type of flight control guidance sys-
tem that is being used. 

(b) Unless otherwise authorized by 

the Administrator, no person may op-
erate a civil aircraft in a Category II or 
Category III operation unless each 
ground component required for that op-
eration and the related airborne equip-
ment is installed and operating. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00726

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

717 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.191 

(c) 

Authorized DA/DH. For the pur-

pose of this section, when the approach 
procedure being used provides for and 
requires the use of a DA/DH, the au-
thorized DA/DH is the highest of the 
following: 

(1) The DA/DH prescribed by the ap-

proach procedure. 

(2) The DA/DH prescribed for the 

pilot in command. 

(3) The DA/DH for which the aircraft 

is equipped. 

(d) Except as provided in § 91.176 of 

this part or unless otherwise author-
ized by the Administrator, no pilot op-
erating an aircraft in a Category II or 
Category III approach that provides 
and requires the use of a DA/DH may 
continue the approach below the au-
thorized decision height unless the fol-
lowing conditions are met: 

(1) The aircraft is in a position from 

which a descent to a landing on the in-
tended runway can be made at a nor-
mal rate of descent using normal ma-
neuvers, and where that descent rate 
will allow touchdown to occur within 
the touchdown zone of the runway of 
intended landing. 

(2) At least one of the following vis-

ual references for the intended runway 
is distinctly visible and identifiable to 
the pilot: 

(i) The approach light system, except 

that the pilot may not descend below 
100 feet above the touchdown zone ele-
vation using the approach lights as a 
reference unless the red terminating 
bars or the red side row bars are also 
distinctly visible and identifiable. 

(ii) The threshold. 
(iii) The threshold markings. 
(iv) The threshold lights. 
(v) The touchdown zone or touch-

down zone markings. 

(vi) The touchdown zone lights. 
(e) Except as provided in § 91.176 of 

this part or unless otherwise author-
ized by the Administrator, each pilot 
operating an aircraft shall imme-
diately execute an appropriate missed 
approach whenever, prior to touch-
down, the requirements of paragraph 
(d) of this section are not met. 

(f) No person operating an aircraft 

using a Category III approach without 
decision height may land that aircraft 
except in accordance with the provi-

sions of the letter of authorization 
issued by the Administrator. 

(g) Paragraphs (a) through (f) of this 

section do not apply to operations con-
ducted by certificate holders operating 
under part 121, 125, 129, or 135 of this 
chapter, or holders of management 
specifications issued in accordance 
with subpart K of this part. Holders of 
operations specifications or manage-
ment specifications may operate a civil 
aircraft in a Category II or Category 
III operation only in accordance with 
their operations specifications or man-
agement specifications, as applicable. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. 
17, 2003; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June 7, 
2007; Docket FAA–2013–0485, Amdt. 91–345, 81 
FR 90175, Dec. 13, 2016] 

§ 91.191

Category II and Category III 

manual. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(c) of this section, after August 4, 1997, 
no person may operate a U.S.-reg-
istered civil aircraft in a Category II or 
a Category III operation unless— 

(1) There is available in the aircraft a 

current and approved Category II or 
Category III manual, as appropriate, 
for that aircraft; 

(2) The operation is conducted in ac-

cordance with the procedures, instruc-
tions, and limitations in the appro-
priate manual; and 

(3) The instruments and equipment 

listed in the manual that are required 
for a particular Category II or Cat-
egory III operation have been inspected 
and maintained in accordance with the 
maintenance program contained in the 
manual. 

(b) Each operator must keep a cur-

rent copy of each approved manual at 
its principal base of operations and 
must make each manual available for 
inspection upon request by the Admin-
istrator. 

(c) This section does not apply to op-

erations conducted by a certificate 
holder operating under part 121 or part 
135 of this chapter or a holder of man-
agement specifications issued in ac-
cordance with subpart K of this part. 

[Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34560, July 2, 1996, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. 
17, 2003] 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00727

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

718 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.193 

§ 91.193

Certificate of authorization 

for certain Category II operations. 

The Administrator may issue a cer-

tificate of authorization authorizing 
deviations from the requirements of 
§§ 91.189, 91.191, and 91.205(f) for the op-
eration of small aircraft identified as 
Category A aircraft in § 97.3 of this 
chapter in Category II operations if the 
Administrator finds that the proposed 
operation can be safely conducted 
under the terms of the certificate. 
Such authorization does not permit op-
eration of the aircraft carrying persons 
or property for compensation or hire. 

§§ 91.195–91.199

[Reserved] 

Subpart C—Equipment, Instru-

ment, and Certificate Re-
quirements 

S

OURCE

: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 

18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. 

§ 91.201

[Reserved] 

§ 91.203

Civil aircraft: Certifications 

required. 

(a) Except as provided in § 91.715, no 

person may operate a civil aircraft un-
less it has within it the following: 

(1) An appropriate and current air-

worthiness certificate. Each U.S. air-
worthiness certificate used to comply 
with this subparagraph (except a spe-
cial flight permit, a copy of the appli-
cable operations specifications issued 
under § 21.197(c) of this chapter, appro-
priate sections of the air carrier man-
ual required by parts 121 and 135 of this 
chapter containing that portion of the 
operations specifications issued under 
§ 21.197(c), or an authorization under 
§ 91.611) must have on it the registra-
tion number assigned to the aircraft 
under part 47 or 48 of this chapter. 
However, the airworthiness certificate 
need not have on it an assigned special 
identification number before 10 days 
after that number is first affixed to the 
aircraft. A revised airworthiness cer-
tificate having on it an assigned spe-
cial identification number, that has 
been affixed to an aircraft, may only be 
obtained upon application to the re-
sponsible Flight Standards office. 

(2) An effective U.S. registration cer-

tificate issued to its owner or, for oper-

ation within the United States, the 
second copy of the Aircraft registra-
tion Application as provided for in 
§ 47.31(c), a Certificate of Aircraft reg-
istration as provided in part 48, or a 
registration certification issued under 
the laws of a foreign country. 

(b) No person may operate a civil air-

craft unless the airworthiness certifi-
cate required by paragraph (a) of this 
section or a special flight authoriza-
tion issued under § 91.715 is displayed at 
the cabin or cockpit entrance so that it 
is legible to passengers or crew. 

(c) No person may operate an aircraft 

with a fuel tank installed within the 
passenger compartment or a baggage 
compartment unless the installation 
was accomplished pursuant to part 43 
of this chapter, and a copy of FAA 
Form 337 authorizing that installation 
is on board the aircraft. 

(d) No person may operate a civil air-

plane (domestic or foreign) into or out 
of an airport in the United States un-
less it complies with the fuel venting 
and exhaust emissions requirements of 
part 34 of this chapter. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–218, 55 FR 32861, Aug. 
10, 1990; Amdt. 91–318, 75 FR 41983, July 20, 
2010; Amdt. 91–338, 80 FR 78648, Dec. 16, 2015; 
Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 91–350, 83 FR 
9171, Mar. 5, 2018; Docket No. FAA–2022–1355, 
Amdt. No. 91–366, 87 FR 75846, Dec. 9, 2022] 

§ 91.205

Powered civil aircraft with 

standard category U.S. airworthi-
ness certificates: Instrument and 
equipment requirements. 

(a) 

General.  Except as provided in 

paragraphs (c)(3) and (e) of this section, 
no person may operate a powered civil 
aircraft with a standard category U.S. 
airworthiness certificate in any oper-
ation described in paragraphs (b) 
through (f) of this section unless that 
aircraft contains the instruments and 
equipment specified in those para-
graphs (or FAA-approved equivalents) 
for that type of operation, and those 
instruments and items of equipment 
are in operable condition. 

(b) 

Visual-flight rules (day). For VFR 

flight during the day, the following in-
struments and equipment are required: 

(1) Airspeed indicator. 
(2) Altimeter. 
(3) Magnetic direction indicator. 
(4) Tachometer for each engine. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00728

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

719 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.205 

(5) Oil pressure gauge for each engine 

using pressure system. 

(6) Temperature gauge for each liq-

uid-cooled engine. 

(7) Oil temperature gauge for each 

air-cooled engine. 

(8) Manifold pressure gauge for each 

altitude engine. 

(9) Fuel gauge indicating the quan-

tity of fuel in each tank. 

(10) Landing gear position indicator, 

if the aircraft has a retractable landing 
gear. 

(11) For small civil airplanes certifi-

cated after March 11, 1996, in accord-
ance with part 23 of this chapter, an 
approved aviation red or aviation white 
anticollision light system. In the event 
of failure of any light of the anti-
collision light system, operation of the 
aircraft may continue to a location 
where repairs or replacement can be 
made. 

(12) If the aircraft is operated for hire 

over water and beyond power-off glid-
ing distance from shore, approved flo-
tation gear readily available to each 
occupant and, unless the aircraft is op-
erating under part 121 of this sub-
chapter, at least one pyrotechnic sig-
naling device. As used in this section, 
‘‘shore’’ means that area of the land 
adjacent to the water which is above 
the high water mark and excludes land 
areas which are intermittently under 
water. 

(13) An approved safety belt with an 

approved metal-to-metal latching de-
vice, or other approved restraint sys-
tem for each occupant 2 years of age or 
older. 

(14) For small civil airplanes manu-

factured after July 18, 1978, an ap-
proved shoulder harness or restraint 
system for each front seat. For small 
civil airplanes manufactured after De-
cember 12, 1986, an approved shoulder 
harness or restraint system for all 
seats. Shoulder harnesses installed at 
flightcrew stations must permit the 
flightcrew member, when seated and 
with the safety belt and shoulder har-
ness fastened, to perform all functions 
necessary for flight operations. For 
purposes of this paragraph— 

(i) The date of manufacture of an air-

plane is the date the inspection accept-
ance records reflect that the airplane is 

complete and meets the FAA-approved 
type design data; and 

(ii) A front seat is a seat located at a 

flightcrew member station or any seat 
located alongside such a seat. 

(15) An emergency locator trans-

mitter, if required by § 91.207. 

(16) [Reserved] 
(17) For rotorcraft manufactured 

after September 16, 1992, a shoulder 
harness for each seat that meets the 
requirements of § 27.2 or § 29.2 of this 
chapter in effect on September 16, 1991. 

(c) 

Visual flight rules (night). For VFR 

flight at night, the following instru-
ments and equipment are required: 

(1) Instruments and equipment speci-

fied in paragraph (b) of this section. 

(2) Approved position lights. 
(3) An approved aviation red or avia-

tion white anticollision light system 
on all U.S.-registered civil aircraft. 
Anticollision light systems initially in-
stalled after August 11, 1971, on aircraft 
for which a type certificate was issued 
or applied for before August 11, 1971, 
must at least meet the anticollision 
light standards of part 23, 25, 27, or 29 
of this chapter, as applicable, that were 
in effect on August 10, 1971, except that 
the color may be either aviation red or 
aviation white. In the event of failure 
of any light of the anticollision light 
system, operations with the aircraft 
may be continued to a stop where re-
pairs or replacement can be made. 

(4) If the aircraft is operated for hire, 

one electric landing light. 

(5) An adequate source of electrical 

energy for all installed electrical and 
radio equipment. 

(6) One spare set of fuses, or three 

spare fuses of each kind required, that 
are accessible to the pilot in flight. 

(d) 

Instrument flight rules. For IFR 

flight, the following instruments and 
equipment are required: 

(1) Instruments and equipment speci-

fied in paragraph (b) of this section, 
and, for night flight, instruments and 
equipment specified in paragraph (c) of 
this section. 

(2) Two-way radio communication 

and navigation equipment suitable for 
the route to be flown. 

(3) Gyroscopic rate-of-turn indicator, 

except on the following aircraft: 

(i) Airplanes with a third attitude in-

strument system usable through flight 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00729

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

720 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.207 

attitudes of 360 degrees of pitch and 
roll and installed in accordance with 
the instrument requirements pre-
scribed in § 121.305(j) of this chapter; 
and 

(ii) Rotorcraft with a third attitude 

instrument system usable through 
flight attitudes of 

±

80 degrees of pitch 

and 

±

120 degrees of roll and installed in 

accordance with § 29.1303(g) of this 
chapter. 

(4) Slip-skid indicator. 
(5) Sensitive altimeter adjustable for 

barometric pressure. 

(6) A clock displaying hours, min-

utes, and seconds with a sweep-second 
pointer or digital presentation. 

(7) Generator or alternator of ade-

quate capacity. 

(8) Gyroscopic pitch and bank indi-

cator (artificial horizon). 

(9) Gyroscopic direction indicator (di-

rectional gyro or equivalent). 

(e) 

Flight at and above 24,000 feet MSL 

(FL 240). If VOR navigation equipment 
is required under paragraph (d)(2) of 
this section, no person may operate a 
U.S.-registered civil aircraft within the 
50 states and the District of Columbia 
at or above FL 240 unless that aircraft 
is equipped with approved DME or a 
suitable RNAV system. When the DME 
or RNAV system required by this para-
graph fails at and above FL 240, the 
pilot in command of the aircraft must 
notify ATC immediately, and then may 
continue operations at and above FL 
240 to the next airport of intended 
landing where repairs or replacement 
of the equipment can be made. 

(f) 

Category II operations. The require-

ments for Category II operations are 
the instruments and equipment speci-
fied in— 

(1) Paragraph (d) of this section; and 
(2) Appendix A to this part. 
(g) 

Category III operations. The instru-

ments and equipment required for Cat-
egory III operations are specified in 
paragraph (d) of this section. 

(h) 

Night vision goggle operations. For 

night vision goggle operations, the fol-
lowing instruments and equipment 
must be installed in the aircraft, func-
tioning in a normal manner, and ap-
proved for use by the FAA: 

(1) Instruments and equipment speci-

fied in paragraph (b) of this section, in-

struments and equipment specified in 
paragraph (c) of this section; 

(2) Night vision goggles; 
(3) Interior and exterior aircraft 

lighting system required for night vi-
sion goggle operations; 

(4) Two-way radio communications 

system; 

(5) Gyroscopic pitch and bank indi-

cator (artificial horizon); 

(6) Generator or alternator of ade-

quate capacity for the required instru-
ments and equipment; and 

(7) Radar altimeter. 
(i) 

Exclusions.  Paragraphs (f) and (g) 

of this section do not apply to oper-
ations conducted by a holder of a cer-
tificate issued under part 121 or part 
135 of this chapter. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–220, 55 FR 43310, Oct. 
26, 1990; Amdt. 91–223, 56 FR 41052, Aug. 16, 
1991; Amdt. 91–231, 57 FR 42672, Sept. 15, 1992; 
Amdt. 91–248, 61 FR 5171, Feb. 9, 1996; Amdt. 
91–251, 61 FR 34560, July 2, 1996; Amdt. 91–285, 
69 FR 77599, Dec. 27, 2004; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 
31679, June 7, 2007; Amdt. 91–309, 74 FR 42563, 
Aug. 21, 2009; Docket FAA–2015–1621, Amdt. 
91–346, 81 FR 96700, Dec. 30, 2016] 

§ 91.207

Emergency locator transmit-

ters. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs 

(e) and (f) of this section, no person 
may operate a U.S.-registered civil air-
plane unless— 

(1) There is attached to the airplane 

an approved automatic type emergency 
locator transmitter that is in operable 
condition for the following operations, 
except that after June 21, 1995, an 
emergency locator transmitter that 
meets the requirements of TSO-C91 
may not be used for new installations: 

(i) Those operations governed by the 

supplemental air carrier and commer-
cial operator rules of parts 121 and 125; 

(ii) Charter flights governed by the 

domestic and flag air carrier rules of 
part 121 of this chapter; and 

(iii) Operations governed by part 135 

of this chapter; or 

(2) For operations other than those 

specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec-
tion, there must be attached to the air-
plane an approved personal type or an 
approved automatic type emergency 
locator transmitter that is in operable 
condition, except that after June 21, 
1995, an emergency locator transmitter 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00730

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

721 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.207 

that meets the requirements of TSO- 
C91 may not be used for new installa-
tions. 

(b) Each emergency locator trans-

mitter required by paragraph (a) of this 
section must be attached to the air-
plane in such a manner that the prob-
ability of damage to the transmitter in 
the event of crash impact is minimized. 
Fixed and deployable automatic type 
transmitters must be attached to the 
airplane as far aft as practicable. 

(c) Batteries used in the emergency 

locator transmitters required by para-
graphs (a) and (b) of this section must 
be replaced (or recharged, if the bat-
teries are rechargeable)— 

(1) When the transmitter has been in 

use for more than 1 cumulative hour; 
or 

(2) When 50 percent of their useful 

life (or, for rechargeable batteries, 50 
percent of their useful life of charge) 
has expired, as established by the 
transmitter manufacturer under its ap-
proval. 

The new expiration date for replacing 
(or recharging) the battery must be 
legibly marked on the outside of the 
transmitter and entered in the aircraft 
maintenance record. Paragraph (c)(2) 
of this section does not apply to bat-
teries (such as water-activated bat-
teries) that are essentially unaffected 
during probable storage intervals. 

(d) Each emergency locator trans-

mitter required by paragraph (a) of this 
section must be inspected within 12 
calendar months after the last inspec-
tion for— 

(1) Proper installation; 
(2) Battery corrosion; 
(3) Operation of the controls and 

crash sensor; and 

(4) The presence of a sufficient signal 

radiated from its antenna. 

(e) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of 

this section, a person may— 

(1) Ferry a newly acquired airplane 

from the place where possession of it 
was taken to a place where the emer-
gency locator transmitter is to be in-
stalled; and 

(2) Ferry an airplane with an inoper-

ative emergency locator transmitter 
from a place where repairs or replace-

ments cannot be made to a place where 
they can be made. 

No person other than required crew-
members may be carried aboard an air-
plane being ferried under paragraph (e) 
of this section. 

(f) Paragraph (a) of this section does 

not apply to— 

(1) Before January 1, 2004, turbojet- 

powered aircraft; 

(2) Aircraft while engaged in sched-

uled flights by scheduled air carriers; 

(3) Aircraft while engaged in training 

operations conducted entirely within a 
50-nautical mile radius of the airport 
from which such local flight operations 
began; 

(4) Aircraft while engaged in flight 

operations incident to design and test-
ing; 

(5) New aircraft while engaged in 

flight operations incident to their man-
ufacture, preparation, and delivery; 

(6) Aircraft while engaged in flight 

operations incident to the aerial appli-
cation of chemicals and other sub-
stances for agricultural purposes; 

(7) Aircraft certificated by the Ad-

ministrator for research and develop-
ment purposes; 

(8) Aircraft while used for showing 

compliance with regulations, crew 
training, exhibition, air racing, or mar-
ket surveys; 

(9) Aircraft equipped to carry not 

more than one person. 

(10) An aircraft during any period for 

which the transmitter has been tempo-
rarily removed for inspection, repair, 
modification, or replacement, subject 
to the following: 

(i) No person may operate the air-

craft unless the aircraft records con-
tain an entry which includes the date 
of initial removal, the make, model, se-
rial number, and reason for removing 
the transmitter, and a placard located 
in view of the pilot to show ‘‘ELT not 
installed.’’ 

(ii) No person may operate the air-

craft more than 90 days after the ELT 
is initially removed from the aircraft; 
and 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00731

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

722 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.209 

(11) On and after January 1, 2004, air-

craft with a maximum payload capac-
ity of more than 18,000 pounds when 
used in air transportation. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–242, 59 FR 32057, June 
21, 1994; 59 FR 34578, July 6, 1994; Amdt. 91– 
265, 65 FR 81319, Dec. 22, 2000; 66 FR 16316, 
Mar. 23, 2001] 

§ 91.209

Aircraft lights. 

No person may: 
(a) During the period from sunset to 

sunrise (or, in Alaska, during the pe-
riod a prominent unlighted object can-
not be seen from a distance of 3 statute 
miles or the sun is more than 6 degrees 
below the horizon)— 

(1) Operate an aircraft unless it has 

lighted position lights; 

(2) Park or move an aircraft in, or in 

dangerous proximity to, a night flight 
operations area of an airport unless the 
aircraft— 

(i) Is clearly illuminated; 
(ii) Has lighted position lights; or 
(iii) is in an area that is marked by 

obstruction lights; 

(3) Anchor an aircraft unless the air-

craft— 

(i) Has lighted anchor lights; or 
(ii) Is in an area where anchor lights 

are not required on vessels; or 

(b) Operate an aircraft that is 

equipped with an anticollision light 
system, unless it has lighted anti-
collision lights. However, the anti-
collision lights need not be lighted 
when the pilot-in-command determines 
that, because of operating conditions, 
it would be in the interest of safety to 
turn the lights off. 

[Doc. No. 27806, 61 FR 5171, Feb. 9, 1996] 

§ 91.211

Supplemental oxygen. 

(a) 

General.  No person may operate a 

civil aircraft of U.S. registry— 

(1) At cabin pressure altitudes above 

12,500 feet (MSL) up to and including 
14,000 feet (MSL) unless the required 
minimum flight crew is provided with 
and uses supplemental oxygen for that 
part of the flight at those altitudes 
that is of more than 30 minutes dura-
tion; 

(2) At cabin pressure altitudes above 

14,000 feet (MSL) unless the required 
minimum flight crew is provided with 
and uses supplemental oxygen during 

the entire flight time at those alti-
tudes; and 

(3) At cabin pressure altitudes above 

15,000 feet (MSL) unless each occupant 
of the aircraft is provided with supple-
mental oxygen. 

(b) 

Pressurized cabin aircraft. (1) No 

person may operate a civil aircraft of 
U.S. registry with a pressurized cabin— 

(i) At flight altitudes above flight 

level 250 unless at least a 10-minute 
supply of supplemental oxygen, in addi-
tion to any oxygen required to satisfy 
paragraph (a) of this section, is avail-
able for each occupant of the aircraft 
for use in the event that a descent is 
necessitated by loss of cabin pressur-
ization; and 

(ii) At flight altitudes above flight 

level 350 unless one pilot at the con-
trols of the airplane is wearing and 
using an oxygen mask that is secured 
and sealed and that either supplies ox-
ygen at all times or automatically sup-
plies oxygen whenever the cabin pres-
sure altitude of the airplane exceeds 
14,000 feet (MSL), except that the one 
pilot need not wear and use an oxygen 
mask while at or below flight level 410 
if there are two pilots at the controls 
and each pilot has a quick-donning 
type of oxygen mask that can be placed 
on the face with one hand from the 
ready position within 5 seconds, sup-
plying oxygen and properly secured and 
sealed. 

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph 

(b)(1)(ii) of this section, if for any rea-
son at any time it is necessary for one 
pilot to leave the controls of the air-
craft when operating at flight altitudes 
above flight level 350, the remaining 
pilot at the controls shall put on and 
use an oxygen mask until the other 
pilot has returned to that crew-
member’s station. 

§ 91.213

Inoperative instruments and 

equipment. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(d) of this section, no person may take 
off an aircraft with inoperative instru-
ments or equipment installed unless 
the following conditions are met: 

(1) An approved Minimum Equipment 

List exists for that aircraft. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00732

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

723 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.213 

(2) The aircraft has within it a letter 

of authorization, issued by the respon-
sible Flight Standards office, author-
izing operation of the aircraft under 
the Minimum Equipment List. The let-
ter of authorization may be obtained 
by written request of the airworthiness 
certificate holder. The Minimum 
Equipment List and the letter of au-
thorization constitute a supplemental 
type certificate for the aircraft. 

(3) The approved Minimum Equip-

ment List must— 

(i) Be prepared in accordance with 

the limitations specified in paragraph 
(b) of this section; and 

(ii) Provide for the operation of the 

aircraft with the instruments and 
equipment in an inoperable condition. 

(4) The aircraft records available to 

the pilot must include an entry de-
scribing the inoperable instruments 
and equipment. 

(5) The aircraft is operated under all 

applicable conditions and limitations 
contained in the Minimum Equipment 
List and the letter authorizing the use 
of the list. 

(b) The following instruments and 

equipment may not be included in a 
Minimum Equipment List: 

(1) Instruments and equipment that 

are either specifically or otherwise re-
quired by the airworthiness require-
ments under which the aircraft is type 
certificated and which are essential for 
safe operations under all operating 
conditions. 

(2) Instruments and equipment re-

quired by an airworthiness directive to 
be in operable condition unless the air-
worthiness directive provides other-
wise. 

(3) Instruments and equipment re-

quired for specific operations by this 
part. 

(c) A person authorized to use an ap-

proved Minimum Equipment List 
issued for a specific aircraft under sub-
part K of this part, part 121, 125, or 135 
of this chapter must use that Minimum 
Equipment List to comply with the re-
quirements in this section. 

(d) Except for operations conducted 

in accordance with paragraph (a) or (c) 
of this section, a person may takeoff an 
aircraft in operations conducted under 
this part with inoperative instruments 

and equipment without an approved 
Minimum Equipment List provided— 

(1) The flight operation is conducted 

in a— 

(i) Rotorcraft, non-turbine-powered 

airplane, glider, lighter-than-air air-
craft, powered parachute, or weight- 
shift-control aircraft, for which a mas-
ter minimum equipment list has not 
been developed; or 

(ii) Small rotorcraft, nonturbine- 

powered small airplane, glider, or 
lighter-than-air aircraft for which a 
Master Minimum Equipment List has 
been developed; and 

(2) The inoperative instruments and 

equipment are not— 

(i) Part of the VFR-day type certifi-

cation instruments and equipment pre-
scribed in the applicable airworthiness 
regulations under which the aircraft 
was type certificated; 

(ii) Indicated as required on the air-

craft’s equipment list, or on the Kinds 
of Operations Equipment List for the 
kind of flight operation being con-
ducted; 

(iii) Required by § 91.205 or any other 

rule of this part for the specific kind of 
flight operation being conducted; or 

(iv) Required to be operational by an 

airworthiness directive; and 

(3) The inoperative instruments and 

equipment are— 

(i) Removed from the aircraft, the 

cockpit control placarded, and the 
maintenance recorded in accordance 
with § 43.9 of this chapter; or 

(ii) Deactivated and placarded ‘‘In-

operative.’’ If deactivation of the inop-
erative instrument or equipment in-
volves maintenance, it must be accom-
plished and recorded in accordance 
with part 43 of this chapter; and 

(4) A determination is made by a 

pilot, who is certificated and appro-
priately rated under part 61 of this 
chapter, or by a person, who is certifi-
cated and appropriately rated to per-
form maintenance on the aircraft, that 
the inoperative instrument or equip-
ment does not constitute a hazard to 
the aircraft. 

An aircraft with inoperative instru-

ments or equipment as provided in 
paragraph (d) of this section is consid-
ered to be in a properly altered condi-
tion acceptable to the Administrator. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00733

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

724 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.215 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provi-

sion of this section, an aircraft with in-
operable instruments or equipment 
may be operated under a special flight 
permit issued in accordance with 
§§ 21.197 and 21.199 of this chapter. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. 
17, 2003; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 27, 
2004; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 91–350, 83 
FR 9171, Mar. 5, 2018] 

§ 91.215

ATC transponder and altitude 

reporting equipment and use. 

(a) 

All airspace: U.S.-registered civil 

aircraft.  For operations not conducted 
under part 121 or 135 of this chapter, 
ATC transponder equipment installed 
must meet the performance and envi-
ronmental requirements of any class of 
TSO-C74b (Mode A) or any class of 
TSO-C74c (Mode A with altitude report-
ing capability) as appropriate, or the 
appropriate class of TSO-C112 (Mode S). 

(b) 

All airspace. Unless otherwise au-

thorized or directed by ATC, and ex-
cept as provided in paragraph (e)(1) of 
this section, no person may operate an 
aircraft in the airspace described in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this 
section, unless that aircraft is equipped 
with an operable coded radar beacon 
transponder having either Mode A 4096 
code capability, replying to Mode A in-
terrogations with the code specified by 
ATC, or a Mode S capability, replying 
to Mode A interrogations with the code 
specified by ATC and Mode S interroga-
tions in accordance with the applicable 
provisions specified in TSO–C112, and 
that aircraft is equipped with auto-
matic pressure altitude reporting 
equipment having a Mode C capability 
that automatically replies to Mode C 
interrogations by transmitting pres-
sure altitude information in 100-foot 
increments. The requirements of this 
paragraph (b) apply to— 

(1) 

All aircraft. In Class A, Class B, 

and Class C airspace areas; 

(2) 

All aircraft. In all airspace within 

30 nautical miles of an airport listed in 
appendix D, section 1 of this part from 
the surface upward to 10,000 feet MSL; 

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2) 

of this section, any aircraft which was 
not originally certificated with an en-
gine-driven electrical system or which 
has not subsequently been certified 

with such a system installed, balloon 
or glider may conduct operations in 
the airspace within 30 nautical miles of 
an airport listed in appendix D, section 
1 of this part provided such operations 
are conducted— 

(i) Outside any Class A, Class B, or 

Class C airspace area; and 

(ii) Below the altitude of the ceiling 

of a Class B or Class C airspace area 
designated for an airport or 10,000 feet 
MSL, whichever is lower; and 

(4) All aircraft in all airspace above 

the ceiling and within the lateral 
boundaries of a Class B or Class C air-
space area designated for an airport up-
ward to 10,000 feet MSL; and 

(5) All aircraft except any aircraft 

which was not originally certificated 
with an engine-driven electrical sys-
tem or which has not subsequently 
been certified with such a system in-
stalled, balloon, or glider— 

(i) In all airspace of the 48 contiguous 

states and the District of Columbia at 
and above 10,000 feet MSL, excluding 
the airspace at and below 2,500 feet 
above the surface; and 

(ii) In the airspace from the surface 

to 10,000 feet MSL within a 10-nautical- 
mile radius of any airport listed in ap-
pendix D, section 2 of this part, exclud-
ing the airspace below 1,200 feet outside 
of the lateral boundaries of the surface 
area of the airspace designated for that 
airport. 

(c) 

Transponder-on operation. Except 

as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this 
section, while in the airspace as speci-
fied in paragraph (b) of this section or 
in all controlled airspace, each person 
operating an aircraft equipped with an 
operable ATC transponder maintained 
in accordance with § 91.413 shall operate 
the transponder, including Mode C 
equipment if installed, and shall reply 
on the appropriate code or as assigned 
by ATC, unless otherwise directed by 
ATC when transmitting would jeop-
ardize the safe execution of air traffic 
control functions. 

(d) 

ATC authorized deviations. Re-

quests for ATC authorized deviations 
must be made to the ATC facility hav-
ing jurisdiction over the concerned air-
space within the time periods specified 
as follows: 

(1) For operation of an aircraft with 

an operating transponder but without 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00734

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

725 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.219 

operating automatic pressure altitude 
reporting equipment having a Mode C 
capability, the request may be made at 
any time. 

(2) For operation of an aircraft with 

an inoperative transponder to the air-
port of ultimate destination, including 
any intermediate stops, or to proceed 
to a place where suitable repairs can be 
made or both, the request may be made 
at any time. 

(3) For operation of an aircraft that 

is not equipped with a transponder, the 
request must be made at least one hour 
before the proposed operation. 

(e) 

Unmanned aircraft. (1) The require-

ments of paragraph (b) of this section 
do not apply to a person operating an 
unmanned aircraft under this part un-
less the operation is conducted under a 
flight plan and the person operating 
the unmanned aircraft maintains two- 
way communication with ATC. 

(2) No person may operate an un-

manned aircraft under this part with a 
transponder on unless: 

(i) The operation is conducted under 

a flight plan and the person operating 
the unmanned aircraft maintains two- 
way communication with ATC; or 

(ii) The use of a transponder is other-

wise authorized by the Administrator. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0005) 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–221, 56 FR 469, Jan. 4, 
1991; Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65660, Dec. 17, 1991; 
Amdt. 91–227, 7 FR 328, Jan. 3, 1992; Amdt. 91– 
229, 57 FR 34618, Aug. 5, 1992; Amdt. 91–267, 66 
FR 21066, Apr. 27, 2001; Amdt. 91–355, 84 FR 
34287, July 18, 2019; Amdt. No. 91–361, 86 FR 
4512, Jan. 15, 2021; Docket No. FAA–2023–1836; 
Amdt. No. 91–371, 88 FR 71476, Oct. 17, 2023] 

§ 91.217

Data correspondence between 

automatically reported pressure al-
titude data and the pilot’s altitude 
reference. 

(a) No person may operate any auto-

matic pressure altitude reporting 
equipment associated with a radar bea-
con transponder— 

(1) When deactivation of that equip-

ment is directed by ATC; 

(2) Unless, as installed, that equip-

ment was tested and calibrated to 
transmit altitude data corresponding 
within 125 feet (on a 95 percent prob-
ability basis) of the indicated or cali-
brated datum of the altimeter nor-

mally used to maintain flight altitude, 
with that altimeter referenced to 29.92 
inches of mercury for altitudes from 
sea level to the maximum operating al-
titude of the aircraft; or 

(3) Unless the altimeters and 

digitizers in that equipment meet the 
standards of TSO-C10b and TSO-C88, re-
spectively. 

(b) No person may operate any auto-

matic pressure altitude reporting 
equipment associated with a radar bea-
con transponder or with ADS–B Out 
equipment unless the pressure altitude 
reported for ADS–B Out and Mode C/S 
is derived from the same source for air-
craft equipped with both a transponder 
and ADS–B Out. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–314, 75 FR 30193, May 
28, 2010] 

§ 91.219

Altitude alerting system or de-

vice: Turbojet-powered civil air-
planes. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(d) of this section, no person may oper-
ate a turbojet-powered U.S.-registered 
civil airplane unless that airplane is 
equipped with an approved altitude 
alerting system or device that is in op-
erable condition and meets the require-
ments of paragraph (b) of this section. 

(b) Each altitude alerting system or 

device required by paragraph (a) of this 
section must be able to— 

(1) Alert the pilot— 
(i) Upon approaching a preselected 

altitude in either ascent or descent, by 
a sequence of both aural and visual sig-
nals in sufficient time to establish 
level flight at that preselected alti-
tude; or 

(ii) Upon approaching a preselected 

altitude in either ascent or descent, by 
a sequence of visual signals in suffi-
cient time to establish level flight at 
that preselected altitude, and when de-
viating above and below that 
preselected altitude, by an aural sig-
nal; 

(2) Provide the required signals from 

sea level to the highest operating alti-
tude approved for the airplane in which 
it is installed; 

(3) Preselect altitudes in increments 

that are commensurate with the alti-
tudes at which the aircraft is operated; 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00735

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

726 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.221 

(4) Be tested without special equip-

ment to determine proper operation of 
the alerting signals; and 

(5) Accept necessary barometric pres-

sure settings if the system or device 
operates on barometric pressure. How-
ever, for operation below 3,000 feet 
AGL, the system or device need only 
provide one signal, either visual or 
aural, to comply with this paragraph. 
A radio altimeter may be included to 
provide the signal if the operator has 
an approved procedure for its use to de-
termine DA/DH or MDA, as appro-
priate. 

(c) Each operator to which this sec-

tion applies must establish and assign 
procedures for the use of the altitude 
alerting system or device and each 
flight crewmember must comply with 
those procedures assigned to him. 

(d) Paragraph (a) of this section does 

not apply to any operation of an air-
plane that has an experimental certifi-
cate or to the operation of any airplane 
for the following purposes: 

(1) Ferrying a newly acquired air-

plane from the place where possession 
of it was taken to a place where the al-
titude alerting system or device is to 
be installed. 

(2) Continuing a flight as originally 

planned, if the altitude alerting system 
or device becomes inoperative after the 
airplane has taken off; however, the 
flight may not depart from a place 
where repair or replacement can be 
made. 

(3) Ferrying an airplane with any in-

operative altitude alerting system or 
device from a place where repairs or re-
placements cannot be made to a place 
where it can be made. 

(4) Conducting an airworthiness 

flight test of the airplane. 

(5) Ferrying an airplane to a place 

outside the United States for the pur-
pose of registering it in a foreign coun-
try. 

(6) Conducting a sales demonstration 

of the operation of the airplane. 

(7) Training foreign flight crews in 

the operation of the airplane before 
ferrying it to a place outside the 
United States for the purpose of reg-
istering it in a foreign country. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June 
7, 2007] 

§ 91.221

Traffic alert and collision 

avoidance system equipment and 
use. 

(a) 

All airspace: U.S.-registered civil 

aircraft.  Any traffic alert and collision 
avoidance system installed in a U.S.- 
registered civil aircraft must be ap-
proved by the Administrator. 

(b) 

Traffic alert and collision avoidance 

system, operation required. Each person 
operating an aircraft equipped with an 
operable traffic alert and collision 
avoidance system shall have that sys-
tem on and operating. 

§ 91.223

Terrain awareness and warn-

ing system. 

(a) 

Airplanes manufactured after March 

29, 2002. Except as provided in para-
graph (d) of this section, no person may 
operate a turbine-powered U.S.-reg-
istered airplane configured with six or 
more passenger seats, excluding any 
pilot seat, unless that airplane is 
equipped with an approved terrain 
awareness and warning system that as 
a minimum meets the requirements for 
Class B equipment in Technical Stand-
ard Order (TSO)–C151. 

(b) 

Airplanes manufactured on or before 

March 29, 2002. Except as provided in 
paragraph (d) of this section, no person 
may operate a turbine-powered U.S.- 
registered airplane configured with six 
or more passenger seats, excluding any 
pilot seat, after March 29, 2005, unless 
that airplane is equipped with an ap-
proved terrain awareness and warning 
system that as a minimum meets the 
requirements for Class B equipment in 
Technical Standard Order (TSO)–C151. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0631) 

(c) 

Airplane Flight Manual. The Air-

plane Flight Manual shall contain ap-
propriate procedures for— 

(1) The use of the terrain awareness 

and warning system; and 

(2) Proper flight crew reaction in re-

sponse to the terrain awareness and 
warning system audio and visual warn-
ings. 

(d) 

Exceptions.  Paragraphs (a) and (b) 

of this section do not apply to— 

(1) Parachuting operations when con-

ducted entirely within a 50 nautical 
mile radius of the airport from which 
such local flight operations began. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00736

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

727 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.225 

(2) Firefighting operations. 
(3) Flight operations when incident 

to the aerial application of chemicals 
and other substances. 

[Doc. No. 29312, 65 FR 16755, Mar. 29, 2000] 

§ 91.225

Automatic Dependent Surveil-

lance-Broadcast (ADS–B) Out equip-
ment and use. 

(a) After January 1, 2020, unless oth-

erwise authorized by ATC, no person 
may operate an aircraft in Class A air-
space unless the aircraft has equipment 
installed that— 

(1) Meets the performance require-

ments in– 

(i) TSO–C166b and Section 2 of RTCA 

DO–260B (as referenced in TSO–C166b); 
or 

(ii) TSO–C166c and Section 2 of RTCA 

DO–260C as modified by DO–260C— 
Change 1 (as referenced in TSO–C166c); 
and 

(2) Meets the requirements of § 91.227. 
(b) After January 1, 2020, except as 

prohibited in paragraph (h)(2) of this 
section or unless otherwise authorized 
by ATC, no person may operate an air-
craft below 18,000 feet MSL and in air-
space described in paragraph (d) of this 
section unless the aircraft has equip-
ment installed that— 

(1) Meets the performance require-

ments in— 

(i) TSO–C166b and Section 2 of RTCA 

DO–260B (as referenced in TSO–C166b); 

(ii) TSO–C166c and Section 2 of RTCA 

DO–260C as modified by DO–260C— 
Change 1 (as referenced in TSO–C166c); 

(iii) TSO–C154c and Section 2 of 

RTCA DO–282B (as referenced in TSO– 
C154c); or 

(iv) TSO–C154d and Section 2 of 

RTCA DO–282C (as referenced in TSO– 
C154d); 

(2) Meets the requirements of § 91.227. 
(c) Operators with equipment in-

stalled with an approved deviation 
under § 21.618 of this chapter also are in 
compliance with this section. 

(d) After January 1, 2020, except as 

prohibited in paragraph (i)(2) of this 
section or unless otherwise authorized 
by ATC, no person may operate an air-
craft in the following airspace unless 
the aircraft has equipment installed 
that meets the requirements in para-
graph (b) of this section: 

(1) Class B and Class C airspace areas; 

(2) Except as provided for in para-

graph (e) of this section, within 30 nau-
tical miles of an airport listed in ap-
pendix D, section 1 to this part from 
the surface upward to 10,000 feet MSL; 

(3) Above the ceiling and within the 

lateral boundaries of a Class B or Class 
C airspace area designated for an air-
port upward to 10,000 feet MSL; 

(4) Except as provided in paragraph 

(e) of this section, Class E airspace 
within the 48 contiguous states and the 
District of Columbia at and above 
10,000 feet MSL, excluding the airspace 
at and below 2,500 feet above the sur-
face; and 

(5) Class E airspace at and above 3,000 

feet MSL over the Gulf of Mexico from 
the coastline of the United States out 
to 12 nautical miles. 

(e) The requirements of paragraph (b) 

of this section do not apply to any air-
craft that was not originally certifi-
cated with an engine-driven electrical 
system, or that has not subsequently 
been certified with such a system in-
stalled, including balloons and gliders. 
These aircraft may conduct operations 
without ADS–B Out in the airspace 
specified in paragraph (d)(4) of this sec-
tion. These aircraft may also conduct 
operations in the airspace specified in 
paragraph (d)(2) of this section if those 
operations are conducted— 

(1) Outside any Class B or Class C air-

space area; and 

(2) Below the altitude of the ceiling 

of a Class B or Class C airspace area 
designated for an airport, or 10,000 feet 
MSL, whichever is lower. 

(f) Except as prohibited in paragraph 

(i)(2) of this section, each person oper-
ating an aircraft equipped with ADS–B 
Out must operate this equipment in 
the transmit mode at all times unless— 

(1) Otherwise authorized by the FAA 

when the aircraft is performing a sen-
sitive government mission for national 
defense, homeland security, intel-
ligence or law enforcement purposes 
and transmitting would compromise 
the operations security of the mission 
or pose a safety risk to the aircraft, 
crew, or people and property in the air 
or on the ground; or 

(2) Otherwise directed by ATC when 

transmitting would jeopardize the safe 
execution of air traffic control func-
tions. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00737

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

728 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.225 

(g) Requests for ATC authorized devi-

ations from the requirements of this 
section must be made to the ATC facil-
ity having jurisdiction over the con-
cerned airspace within the time periods 
specified as follows: 

(1) For operation of an aircraft with 

an inoperative ADS–B Out, to the air-
port of ultimate destination, including 
any intermediate stops, or to proceed 
to a place where suitable repairs can be 
made or both, the request may be made 
at any time. 

(2) For operation of an aircraft that 

is not equipped with ADS–B Out, the 
request must be made at least 1 hour 
before the proposed operation. 

(h) For unmanned aircraft: 
(1) No person may operate an un-

manned aircraft under a flight plan and 
in two way communication with ATC 
unless: 

(i) That aircraft has equipment in-

stalled that meets the performance re-
quirements in TSO–C166b (including 
Section 2 of RTCA DO–260B, as ref-
erenced in TSO–C166b), TSO–C166c (in-
cluding Section 2 of RTCA DO–260C as 
modified by DO–260C—Change 1, as ref-
erenced in TSO–C166c), TSO–C154c (in-
cluding Section 2 of RTCA DO–282B, as 
referenced in TSO–C154c), or TSO–C154d 
(including Section 2 of RTCA DO–282C, 
as referenced in TSO–C154d); and 

(ii) The equipment meets the require-

ments of § 91.227. 

(2) No person may operate an un-

manned aircraft under this part with 
Automatic Dependent Surveillance- 
Broadcast Out equipment in transmit 
mode unless: 

(i) The operation is conducted under 

a flight plan and the person operating 
that unmanned aircraft maintains two- 
way communication with ATC; or 

(ii) The use of ADS–B Out is other-

wise authorized by the Administrator. 

(i) The standards required in this sec-

tion are incorporated by reference with 
the approval of the Director of the Of-
fice of the Federal Register under 5 
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. This in-
corporation by reference (IBR) mate-
rial is available for inspection at the 
FAA and the National Archives and 
Records Administration (NARA). Con-
tact the FAA at: Office of Rulemaking 
(ARM–1), 800 Independence Avenue SW, 
Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202– 

267–9677). For information on the avail-
ability of this material at NARA, visit 
https://www.archives.gov/federal-register/ 
cfr/ibr-locations.html 

or email 

fr.inspection@nara.gov.  This material is 
also available from the following 
sources in this paragraph (i). 

(1) U.S. Department of Transpor-

tation, Subsequent Distribution Office, 
DOT Warehouse M30, Ardmore East 
Business Center, 3341 Q 75th Avenue, 
Landover, MD 20785; telephone (301) 
322–5377; website: 

www.faa.gov/aircraft/

air

l

cert/design

l

approvals/tso/ 

(select 

the link ‘‘Search Technical Standard 
Orders’’). 

(i) TSO–C166b, Extended Squitter 

Automatic Dependent Surveillance- 
Broadcast (ADS–B) and Traffic Infor-
mation Service-Broadcast (TIS–B) 
Equipment Operating on the Radio 
Frequency of 1090 Megahertz (MHz), 
December 2, 2009. 

(ii) TSO–C166c, Extended Squitter 

Automatic Dependent Surveillance- 
Broadcast (ADS–B) and Traffic Infor-
mation Service-Broadcast (TIS–B) 
Equipment Operating on the Radio 
Frequency of 1090 Megahertz (MHz), 
March 10, 2023. 

(iii) TSO–C154c, Universal Access 

Transceiver (UAT) Automatic Depend-
ent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS–B) 
Equipment Operating on the Frequency 
of 978 MHz, December 2, 2009. 

(iv) TSO–C154d, Universal Access 

Transceiver (UAT) Automatic Depend-
ent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS–B) 
Equipment Operating on the Radio 
Frequency of 978 Megahertz (MHz), 
March 10, 2023. 

(2) RTCA, Inc., 1150 18th St. NW, 

Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036; tele-
phone (202) 833–9339; website: 
www.rtca.org/products. 

(i) RTCA DO–260B, Minimum Oper-

ational Performance Standards for 1090 
MHz Extended Squitter Automatic De-
pendent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS– 
B) and Traffic Information Services- 
Broadcast (TIS–B), Section 2, Equip-
ment Performance Requirements and 
Test Procedures, December 2, 2009. 

(ii) RTCA DO–260C, Minimum Oper-

ational Performance Standards for 1090 
MHz Extended Squitter Automatic De-
pendent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS– 
B) and Traffic Information Services- 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00738

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

729 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.227 

Broadcast (TIS–B), Section 2, Equip-
ment Performance Requirements and 
Test Procedures, December 17, 2020. 

(iii) RTCA DO–260C, Minimum Oper-

ational Performance Standards for 1090 
MHz Extended Squitter Automatic De-
pendent Surveillance—Broadcast 
(ADS–B) and Traffic Information Serv-
ices—Broadcast (TIS–B), Change 1, 
January 25, 2022. 

(iv) RTCA DO–282B, Minimum Oper-

ational Performance Standards for 
Universal Access Transceiver (UAT) 
Automatic Dependent Surveillance- 
Broadcast (ADS–B), Section 2, Equip-
ment Performance Requirements and 
Test Procedures, December 2, 2009. 

(v) RTCA DO–282C, Minimum Oper-

ational Performance Standards 
(MOPS) for Universal Access Trans-
ceiver (UAT) Automatic Dependent 
Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS–B), Sec-
tion 2, Equipment Performance Re-
quirements and Test Procedures, June 
23, 2022. 

[Doc. No. FAA–2007–29305, 75 FR 30193, May 
28, 2010; Amdt. 91–314–A, 75 FR 37712, June 30, 
2010, as amended at Amdt. 91–316, 75 FR 37712, 
June 30, 2010; Amdt. 91–336, 80 FR 6900, Feb. 
9, 2015; Amdt. 91–336A, 80 FR 11537, Mar. 4, 
2015; Amdt. 91–355, 84 FR 34287, July 18, 2019; 
Amdt. No. 91–361, 86 FR 4513, Jan. 15, 2021; 
Docket No. FAA–2023–1836; Amdt. No. 91–371, 
88 FR 71476, Oct. 17, 2023] 

§ 91.227

Automatic Dependent Surveil-

lance-Broadcast (ADS–B) Out equip-
ment performance requirements. 

(a) 

Definitions.  For the purposes of 

this section: 

ADS–B Out is a function of an air-

craft’s onboard avionics that periodi-
cally broadcasts the aircraft’s state 
vector (3-dimensional position and 3-di-
mensional velocity) and other required 
information as described in this sec-
tion. 

Navigation Accuracy Category for Posi-

tion  (NAC

P

) specifies the accuracy of a 

reported aircraft’s position. 

Navigation Accuracy Category for Ve-

locity (NAC

V

) specifies the accuracy of a 

reported aircraft’s velocity. 

Navigation Integrity Category (NIC) 

specifies an integrity containment ra-
dius around an aircraft’s reported posi-
tion. 

Position Source refers to the equip-

ment installed onboard an aircraft used 
to process and provide aircraft position 

(for example, latitude, longitude, and 
velocity) information. 

Source Integrity Level (SIL) indicates 

the probability of the reported hori-
zontal position exceeding the contain-
ment radius defined by the NIC on a 
per sample or per hour basis. 

System Design Assurance (SDA) indi-

cates the probability of an aircraft 
malfunction causing false or mis-
leading information to be transmitted. 

Total latency is the total time be-

tween when the position is measured 
and when the position is transmitted 
by the aircraft. 

Uncompensated latency is the time for 

which the aircraft does not compensate 
for latency. 

(b) 

1090 MHz ES and UAT Broadcast 

Links and Power Requirements— 

(1) Aircraft operating in Class A air-

space must have equipment installed 
that meets the antenna and power out-
put requirements of Class A1S, A1, A2, 
A3, B1S, or B1 equipment as defined in 
TSO–C166b and Section 2 of RTCA DO– 
260B (as referenced in TSO–C166b), or 
TSO–C166c and Section 2 of RTCA DO– 
260C as modified by DO–260C—Change 1 
(as referenced in TSO–C166c). 

(2) Aircraft operating in airspace des-

ignated for ADS–B Out, but outside of 
Class A airspace, must have equipment 
installed that meets the antenna and 
output power requirements of either: 

(i) Class A1S, A1, A2, A3, B1S, or B1 

as defined in TSO–C166b and Section 2 
of RTCA DO–260B (as referenced in 
TSO–C166b) or TSO–C166c and Section 2 
of RTCA DO–260C as modified by DO– 
260C—Change 1 (as referenced in TSO– 
C166c); or 

(ii) Class A1S, A1H, A2, A3, B1S, or B1 

equipment as defined in TSO–C154c and 
Section 2 of RTCA DO–282B (as ref-
erenced in TSO–C154c), or TSO–C154d 
and Section 2 of RTCA DO–282C (as ref-
erenced in TSO–C154d). 

(c) 

ADS–B Out Performance Require-

ments for NAC 

P,

NAC

V

, NIC, SDA,  and 

SIL— 

(1) For aircraft broadcasting ADS–B 

Out as required under § 91.225 (a) and 
(b)— 

(i) The aircraft’s NAC

P

must be less 

than 0.05 nautical miles; 

(ii) The aircraft’s NAC

V

must be less 

than 10 meters per second; 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00739

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

730 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.227 

(iii) The aircraft’s NIC must be less 

than 0.2 nautical miles; 

(iv) The aircraft’s SDA must be less 

than or equal to 10

¥

5

per flight hour; 

and 

(v) The aircraft’s SIL must be less 

than or equal to 10

¥

7

per flight hour or 

per sample. 

(2) Changes in NAC

P

, NAC

V

, SDA, and 

SIL must be broadcast within 10 sec-
onds. 

(3) Changes in NIC must be broadcast 

within 12 seconds. 

(d) 

Minimum Broadcast Message Ele-

ment Set for ADS–B Out. Each aircraft 
must broadcast the following informa-
tion, as defined in TSO–C166b (includ-
ing Section 2 of RTCA DO–260B, as ref-
erenced in TSO–C166b), TSO–C166c (in-
cluding Section 2 of RTCA DO–260C as 
modified by DO–260C—Change 1, as ref-
erenced in TSO–C166c), TSO–C154c (in-
cluding Section 2 of RTCA DO–282B, as 
referenced in TSO–C154c), or TSO–C154d 
(including Section 2 of RTCA DO–282C, 
as referenced in TSO–C154d). The pilot 
must enter information for message 
elements listed in paragraphs (d)(7) 
through (10) of this section during the 
appropriate phase of flight. 

(1) The length and width of the air-

craft; 

(2) An indication of the aircraft’s 

latitude and longitude; 

(3) An indication of the aircraft’s bar-

ometric pressure altitude; 

(4) An indication of the aircraft’s ve-

locity; 

(5) An indication if a collision avoid-

ance system is installed and operating 
in a mode that can generate resolution 
advisory alerts; 

(6) If an operable collision avoidance 

system is installed, an indication if a 
resolution advisory is in effect; 

(7) An indication of the Mode A 

transponder code specified by ATC; 

(8) An indication of the aircraft iden-

tification that is submitted on the 
flight plan or used for communicating 
with ATC, except when the pilot has 
not filed a flight plan, has not re-
quested ATC services, and is using a 
TSO–C154c or TSO–C154d self-assigned 
temporary 24-bit address; 

(9) An indication if the flightcrew has 

identified an emergency, radio commu-
nication failure, or unlawful inter-
ference; 

(10) An indication of the aircraft’s 

‘‘IDENT’’ to ATC; 

(11) An indication of the aircraft as-

signed ICAO 24-bit address, except 
when the pilot has not filed a flight 
plan, has not requested ATC services, 
and is using a TSO–C154c or TSO–C154d 
self-assigned temporary 24-bit address; 

(12) An indication of the aircraft’s 

emitter category; 

(13) An indication of whether an 

ADS–B In capability is available; 

(14) An indication of the aircraft’s 

geometric altitude; 

(15) An indication of the Navigation 

Accuracy Category for Position 
(NAC

P

); 

(16) An indication of the Navigation 

Accuracy Category for Velocity 
(NAC

V

); 

(17) An indication of the Navigation 

Integrity Category (NIC); 

(18) An indication of the System De-

sign Assurance (SDA); and 

(19) An indication of the Source In-

tegrity Level (SIL). 

(e) 

ADS–B Latency Requirements— 

(1) The aircraft must transmit its 

geometric position no later than 2.0 
seconds from the time of measurement 
of the position to the time of trans-
mission. 

(2) Within the 2.0 total latency allo-

cation, a maximum of 0.6 seconds can 
be uncompensated latency. The air-
craft must compensate for any latency 
above 0.6 seconds up to the maximum 
2.0 seconds total by extrapolating the 
geometric position to the time of mes-
sage transmission. 

(3) The aircraft must transmit its po-

sition and velocity at least once per 
second while airborne or while moving 
on the airport surface. 

(4) The aircraft must transmit its po-

sition at least once every 5 seconds 
while stationary on the airport surface. 

(f) 

Equipment with an approved devi-

ation.  Operators with equipment in-
stalled with an approved deviation 
under § 21.618 of this chapter also are in 
compliance with this section. 

(g) 

Incorporation by reference. The 

standards required in this section are 
incorporated by reference with the ap-
proval of the Director of the Office of 
the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. This incorpo-
ration by reference (IBR) material is 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00740

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

731 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.303 

available for inspection at the FAA and 
the National Archives and Records Ad-
ministration (NARA). Contact the FAA 
at: Office of Rulemaking (ARM–1), 800 
Independence Avenue SW, Washington, 
DC 20590 (telephone 202–267–9677). For 
information on the availability of this 
material at NARA, visit 
www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr- 
locations.html 

or email 

fr.inspection@nara.gov.  This material is 
also available from the following 
sources indicated in this paragraph (g). 

(1) U.S. Department of Transpor-

tation, Subsequent Distribution Office, 
DOT Warehouse M30, Ardmore East 
Business Center, 3341 Q 75th Avenue, 
Landover, MD 20785; telephone (301) 
322–5377; website: 

www.faa.gov/aircraft/

air

l

cert/design

l

approvals/tso/ 

(select 

the link ‘‘Search Technical Standard 
Orders’’). 

(i) TSO–C166b, Extended Squitter 

Automatic Dependent Surveillance- 
Broadcast (ADS–B) and Traffic Infor-
mation Service-Broadcast (TIS–B) 
Equipment Operating on the Radio 
Frequency of 1090 Megahertz (MHz), 
December 2, 2009. 

(ii) TSO–C166c, Extended Squitter 

Automatic Dependent Surveillance- 
Broadcast (ADS–B) and Traffic Infor-
mation Service-Broadcast (TIS–B) 
Equipment Operating on the Radio 
Frequency of 1090 Megahertz (MHz), 
March 10, 2023. 

(iii) TSO–C154c, Universal Access 

Transceiver (UAT) Automatic Depend-
ent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS–B) 
Equipment Operating on the Frequency 
of 978 MHz, December 2, 2009. 

(iv) TSO–C154d, Universal Access 

Transceiver (UAT) Automatic Depend-
ent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS–B) 
Equipment Operating on the Radio 
Frequency of 978 Megahertz (MHz), 
March 10, 2023. 

(2) RTCA, Inc., 1150 18th St. NW, 

Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036; tele-
phone (202) 833–9339; website: 
www.rtca.org/products. 

(i) RTCA DO–260B, Minimum Oper-

ational Performance Standards for 1090 
MHz Extended Squitter Automatic De-
pendent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS– 
B) and Traffic Information Services- 
Broadcast (TIS–B), Section 2, Equip-
ment Performance Requirements and 
Test Procedures, December 2, 2009. 

(ii) RTCA DO–260C, Minimum Oper-

ational Performance Standards for 1090 
MHz Extended Squitter Automatic De-
pendent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS– 
B) and Traffic Information Services- 
Broadcast (TIS–B), Section 2, Equip-
ment Performance Requirements and 
Test Procedures, December 17, 2020. 

(iii) RTCA DO–260C, Minimum Oper-

ational Performance Standards for 1090 
MHz Extended Squitter Automatic De-
pendent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS– 
B) and Traffic Information Services- 
Broadcast (TIS–B), Change 1, January 
25, 2022. 

(iv) RTCA DO–282B, Minimum Oper-

ational Performance Standards for 
Universal Access Transceiver (UAT) 
Automatic Dependent Surveillance- 
Broadcast (ADS–B), Section 2, Equip-
ment Performance Requirements and 
Test Procedures, December 2, 2009. 

(v) RTCA DO–282C, Minimum Oper-

ational Performance Standards 
(MOPS) for Universal Access Trans-
ceiver (UAT) Automatic Dependent 
Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS–B), Sec-
tion 2, Equipment Performance Re-
quirements and Test Procedures, June 
23, 2022. 

[Doc. No. FAA–2007–29305, 75 FR 30194, May 
28, 2010; Amdt. 91–314–A, 75 FR 37712, June 30, 
2010, as amended at Amdt. 91–316, 75 FR 37712, 
June 30, 2010; Docket No. FAA–2023–1836; 
Amdt. No. 91–371, 88 FR 71477, Oct. 17, 2023] 

§§ 91.228–91.299

[Reserved] 

Subpart D—Special Flight 

Operations 

S

OURCE

: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 

18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. 

§ 91.301

[Reserved] 

§ 91.303

Aerobatic flight. 

No person may operate an aircraft in 

aerobatic flight— 

(a) Over any congested area of a city, 

town, or settlement; 

(b) Over an open air assembly of per-

sons; 

(c) Within the lateral boundaries of 

the surface areas of Class B, Class C, 
Class D, or Class E airspace designated 
for an airport; 

(d) Within 4 nautical miles of the 

center line of any Federal airway; 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00741

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

732 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.305 

(e) Below an altitude of 1,500 feet 

above the surface; or 

(f) When flight visibility is less than 

3 statute miles. 

For the purposes of this section, aero-
batic flight means an intentional ma-
neuver involving an abrupt change in 
an aircraft’s attitude, an abnormal at-
titude, or abnormal acceleration, not 
necessary for normal flight. 

[Doc. No. 18834, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65661, Dec. 
17, 1991] 

§ 91.305

Flight test areas. 

No person may flight test an aircraft 

except over open water, or sparsely 
populated areas, having light air traf-
fic. 

§ 91.307

Parachutes and parachuting. 

(a) No pilot of a civil aircraft may 

allow a parachute that is available for 
emergency use to be carried in that 
aircraft unless it is an approved type 
and has been packed by a certificated 
and appropriately rated parachute rig-
ger— 

(1) Within the preceding 180 days, if 

its canopy, shrouds, and harness are 
composed exclusively of nylon, rayon, 
or other similar synthetic fiber or ma-
terials that are substantially resistant 
to damage from mold, mildew, or other 
fungi and other rotting agents propa-
gated in a moist environment; or 

(2) Within the preceding 60 days, if 

any part of the parachute is composed 
of silk, pongee, or other natural fiber 
or materials not specified in paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section. 

(b) Except in an emergency, no pilot 

in command may allow, and no person 
may conduct, a parachute operation 
from an aircraft within the United 
States except in accordance with part 
105 of this chapter. 

(c) Unless each occupant of the air-

craft is wearing an approved parachute, 
no pilot of a civil aircraft carrying any 
person (other than a crewmember) may 
execute any intentional maneuver that 
exceeds— 

(1) A bank of 60 degrees relative to 

the horizon; or 

(2) A nose-up or nose-down attitude 

of 30 degrees relative to the horizon. 

(d) Paragraph (c) of this section does 

not apply to— 

(1) Flight tests for pilot certification 

or rating; or 

(2) Spins and other flight maneuvers 

required by the regulations for any cer-
tificate or rating when given by— 

(i) A certificated flight instructor; or 
(ii) An airline transport pilot in-

structing in accordance with § 61.67 of 
this chapter. 

(e) For the purposes of this section, 

approved parachute means— 

(1) A parachute manufactured under 

a type certificate or a technical stand-
ard order (C–23 series); or 

(2) A personnel-carrying military 

parachute identified by an NAF, AAF, 
or AN drawing number, an AAF order 
number, or any other military designa-
tion or specification number. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–255, 62 FR 68137, Dec. 
30, 1997; Amdt. 91–268, 66 FR 23553, May 9, 
2001; Amdt. 91–305, 73 FR 69530, Nov. 19, 2008] 

§ 91.309

Towing: Gliders and 

unpowered ultralight vehicles. 

(a) No person may operate a civil air-

craft towing a glider or unpowered 
ultralight vehicle unless— 

(1) The pilot in command of the tow-

ing aircraft is qualified under § 61.69 of 
this chapter; 

(2) The towing aircraft is equipped 

with a tow-hitch of a kind, and in-
stalled in a manner, that is approved 
by the Administrator; 

(3) The towline used has breaking 

strength not less than 80 percent of the 
maximum certificated operating 
weight of the glider or unpowered 
ultralight vehicle and not more than 
twice this operating weight. However, 
the towline used may have a breaking 
strength more than twice the max-
imum certificated operating weight of 
the glider or unpowered ultralight ve-
hicle if— 

(i) A safety link is installed at the 

point of attachment of the towline to 
the glider or unpowered ultralight ve-
hicle with a breaking strength not less 
than 80 percent of the maximum cer-
tificated operating weight of the glider 
or unpowered ultralight vehicle and 
not greater than twice this operating 
weight; 

(ii) A safety link is installed at the 

point of attachment of the towline to 
the towing aircraft with a breaking 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00742

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

733 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.313 

strength greater, but not more than 25 
percent greater, than that of the safety 
link at the towed glider or unpowered 
ultralight vehicle end of the towline 
and not greater than twice the max-
imum certificated operating weight of 
the glider or unpowered ultralight ve-
hicle; 

(4) Before conducting any towing op-

eration within the lateral boundaries 
of the surface areas of Class B, Class C, 
Class D, or Class E airspace designated 
for an airport, or before making each 
towing flight within such controlled 
airspace if required by ATC, the pilot 
in command notifies the control tower. 
If a control tower does not exist or is 
not in operation, the pilot in command 
must notify the FAA flight service sta-
tion serving that controlled airspace 
before conducting any towing oper-
ations in that airspace; and 

(5) The pilots of the towing aircraft 

and the glider or unpowered ultralight 
vehicle have agreed upon a general 
course of action, including takeoff and 
release signals, airspeeds, and emer-
gency procedures for each pilot. 

(b) No pilot of a civil aircraft may in-

tentionally release a towline, after re-
lease of a glider or unpowered ultra-
light vehicle, in a manner that endan-
gers the life or property of another. 

[Doc. No. 18834, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65661, Dec. 
17, 1991; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 27, 
2004] 

§ 91.311

Towing: Other than under 

§ 91.309. 

No pilot of a civil aircraft may tow 

anything with that aircraft (other than 
under § 91.309) except in accordance 
with the terms of a certificate of waiv-
er issued by the Administrator. 

§ 91.313

Restricted category civil air-

craft: Operating limitations. 

(a) No person may operate a re-

stricted category civil aircraft— 

(1) For other than the special purpose 

for which it is certificated; or 

(2) In an operation other than one 

necessary to accomplish the work ac-
tivity directly associated with that 
special purpose. 

(b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) 

of this section, the following oper-
ations are considered necessary to ac-

complish the work activity directly as-
sociated with a special purpose oper-
ation: 

(1) Flights conducted for flight crew-

member training in a special purpose 
operation for which the aircraft is cer-
tificated. 

(2) Flights conducted to satisfy pro-

ficiency check and recent flight experi-
ence requirements under part 61 of this 
chapter provided the flight crew-
member holds the appropriate cat-
egory, class, and type ratings and is 
employed by the operator to perform 
the appropriate special purpose oper-
ation. 

(3) Flights conducted to relocate the 

aircraft for delivery, repositioning, or 
maintenance. 

(c) No person may operate a re-

stricted category civil aircraft car-
rying persons or property for com-
pensation or hire. For the purposes of 
this paragraph (c), a special purpose 
operation involving the carriage of per-
sons or material necessary to accom-
plish that operation, such as crop dust-
ing, seeding, spraying, and banner tow-
ing (including the carrying of required 
persons or material to the location of 
that operation), an operation for the 
purpose of providing flight crew-
member training in a special purpose 
operation, and an operation conducted 
under the authority provided in para-
graph (h) of this section are not consid-
ered to be the carriage of persons or 
property for compensation or hire. 

(d) No person may be carried on a re-

stricted category civil aircraft unless 
that person— 

(1) Is a flight crewmember; 
(2) Is a flight crewmember trainee; 
(3) Performs an essential function in 

connection with a special purpose oper-
ation for which the aircraft is certifi-
cated; 

(4) Is necessary to accomplish the 

work activity directly associated with 
that special purpose; or 

(5) Is necessary to accomplish an op-

eration under paragraph (h) of this sec-
tion. 

(e) Except when operating in accord-

ance with the terms and conditions of 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00743

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

734 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.315 

a certificate of waiver or special oper-
ating limitations issued by the Admin-
istrator, no person may operate a re-
stricted category civil aircraft within 
the United States— 

(1) Over a densely populated area; 
(2) In a congested airway; or 
(3) Near a busy airport where pas-

senger transport operations are con-
ducted. 

(f) This section does not apply to 

nonpassenger-carrying civil rotorcraft 
external-load operations conducted 
under part 133 of this chapter. 

(g) No person may operate a small re-

stricted-category civil airplane manu-
factured after July 18, 1978, unless an 
approved shoulder harness or restraint 
system is installed for each front seat. 
The shoulder harness or restraint sys-
tem installation at each flightcrew sta-
tion must permit the flightcrew mem-
ber, when seated and with the safety 
belt and shoulder harness fastened or 
the restraint system engaged, to per-
form all functions necessary for flight 
operation. For purposes of this para-
graph— 

(1) The date of manufacture of an air-

plane is the date the inspection accept-
ance records reflect that the airplane is 
complete and meets the FAA-approved 
type design data; and 

(2) A front seat is a seat located at a 

flight crewmember station or any seat 
located alongside such a seat. 

(h)(1) An operator may apply for de-

viation authority from the provisions 
of paragraph (a) of this section to con-
duct operations for the following pur-
poses: 

(i) Flight training and the practical 

test for issuance of a type rating pro-
vided— 

(A) The pilot being trained and tested 

holds at least a commercial pilot cer-
tificate with the appropriate category 
and class ratings for the aircraft type; 

(B) The pilot receiving flight training 

is employed by the operator to perform 
a special purpose operation; and 

(C) The flight training is conducted 

by the operator who employs the pilot 
to perform a special purpose operation. 

(ii) Flights to designate an examiner 

or qualify an FAA inspector in the air-
craft type and flights necessary to pro-
vide continuing oversight and evalua-
tion of an examiner. 

(2) The FAA will issue this deviation 

authority as a letter of deviation au-
thority. 

(3) The FAA may cancel or amend a 

letter of deviation authority at any 
time. 

(4) An applicant must submit a re-

quest for deviation authority in a form 
and manner acceptable to the Adminis-
trator at least 60 days before the date 
of intended operations. A request for 
deviation authority must contain a 
complete description of the proposed 
operation and justification that estab-
lishes a level of safety equivalent to 
that provided under the regulations for 
the deviation requested. 

[Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, 
as amended by Docket FAA–2015–1621, Amdt. 
91–346, 81 FR 96700, Dec. 30, 2016; Amdt. 60–6, 
83 FR 30281, June 27, 2018] 

§ 91.315

Limited category civil aircraft: 

Operating limitations. 

No person may operate a limited cat-

egory civil aircraft carrying persons or 
property for compensation or hire. 

§ 91.317

Provisionally certificated civil 

aircraft: Operating limitations. 

(a) No person may operate a provi-

sionally certificated civil aircraft un-
less that person is eligible for a provi-
sional airworthiness certificate under 
§ 21.213 of this chapter. 

(b) No person may operate a provi-

sionally certificated civil aircraft out-
side the United States unless that per-
son has specific authority to do so from 
the Administrator and each foreign 
country involved. 

(c) Unless otherwise authorized by 

the Executive Director, Flight Stand-
ards Service, no person may operate a 
provisionally certificated civil aircraft 
in air transportation. 

(d) Unless otherwise authorized by 

the Administrator, no person may op-
erate a provisionally certificated civil 
aircraft except— 

(1) In direct conjunction with the 

type or supplemental type certification 
of that aircraft; 

(2) For training flight crews, includ-

ing simulated air carrier operations; 

(3) Demonstration flight by the man-

ufacturer for prospective purchasers; 

(4) Market surveys by the manufac-

turer; 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00744

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

735 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.319 

(5) Flight checking of instruments, 

accessories, and equipment that do not 
affect the basic airworthiness of the 
aircraft; or 

(6) Service testing of the aircraft. 
(e) Each person operating a provi-

sionally certificated civil aircraft shall 
operate within the prescribed limita-
tions displayed in the aircraft or set 
forth in the provisional aircraft flight 
manual or other appropriate document. 
However, when operating in direct con-
junction with the type or supplemental 
type certification of the aircraft, that 
person shall operate under the experi-
mental aircraft limitations of § 21.191 of 
this chapter and when flight testing, 
shall operate under the requirements of 
§ 91.305 of this part. 

(f) Each person operating a provision-

ally certificated civil aircraft shall es-
tablish approved procedures for— 

(1) The use and guidance of flight and 

ground personnel in operating under 
this section; and 

(2) Operating in and out of airports 

where takeoffs or approaches over pop-
ulated areas are necessary. No person 
may operate that aircraft except in 
compliance with the approved proce-
dures. 

(g) Each person operating a provi-

sionally certificated civil aircraft shall 
ensure that each flight crewmember is 
properly certificated and has adequate 
knowledge of, and familiarity with, the 
aircraft and procedures to be used by 
that crewmember. 

(h) Each person operating a provi-

sionally certificated civil aircraft shall 
maintain it as required by applicable 
regulations and as may be specially 
prescribed by the Administrator. 

(i) Whenever the manufacturer, or 

the Administrator, determines that a 
change in design, construction, or oper-
ation is necessary to ensure safe oper-
ation, no person may operate a provi-
sionally certificated civil aircraft until 
that change has been made and ap-
proved. Section 21.99 of this chapter ap-
plies to operations under this section. 

(j) Each person operating a provision-

ally certificated civil aircraft— 

(1) May carry in that aircraft only 

persons who have a proper interest in 
the operations allowed by this section 
or who are specifically authorized by 

both the manufacturer and the Admin-
istrator; and 

(2) Shall advise each person carried 

that the aircraft is provisionally cer-
tificated. 

(k) The Administrator may prescribe 

additional limitations or procedures 
that the Administrator considers nec-
essary, including limitations on the 
number of persons who may be carried 
in the aircraft. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0005) 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–212, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 
25, 1989; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 91–350, 
83 FR 9171, Mar. 5, 2018] 

§ 91.319

Aircraft having experimental 

certificates: Operating limitations. 

(a) No person may operate an aircraft 

that has an experimental certificate— 

(1) For other than the purpose for 

which the certificate was issued; or 

(2) Carrying persons or property for 

compensation or hire. 

(b) No person may operate an aircraft 

that has an experimental certificate 
outside of an area assigned by the Ad-
ministrator until it is shown that— 

(1) The aircraft is controllable 

throughout its normal range of speeds 
and throughout all the maneuvers to 
be executed; and 

(2) The aircraft has no hazardous op-

erating characteristics or design fea-
tures. 

(c) Unless otherwise authorized by 

the Administrator in special operating 
limitations, no person may operate an 
aircraft that has an experimental cer-
tificate over a densely populated area 
or in a congested airway. The Adminis-
trator may issue special operating lim-
itations for particular aircraft to per-
mit takeoffs and landings to be con-
ducted over a densely populated area or 
in a congested airway, in accordance 
with terms and conditions specified in 
the authorization in the interest of 
safety in air commerce. 

(d) Each person operating an aircraft 

that has an experimental certificate 
shall— 

(1) Advise each person carried of the 

experimental nature of the aircraft; 

(2) Operate under VFR, day only, un-

less otherwise specifically authorized 
by the Administrator; and 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00745

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

736 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.321 

(3) Notify the control tower of the ex-

perimental nature of the aircraft when 
operating the aircraft into or out of 
airports with operating control towers. 

(e) No person may operate an aircraft 

that is issued an experimental certifi-
cate under § 21.191(i) of this chapter for 
compensation or hire, except a person 
may operate an aircraft issued an ex-
perimental certificate under 
§ 21.191(i)(1) for compensation or hire 
to— 

(1) Tow a glider that is a light-sport 

aircraft or unpowered ultralight vehi-
cle in accordance with § 91.309; or 

(2) Conduct flight training in an air-

craft which that person provides prior 
to January 31, 2010. 

(f) No person may lease an aircraft 

that is issued an experimental certifi-
cate under § 21.191(i) of this chapter, ex-
cept in accordance with paragraph 
(e)(1) of this section. 

(g) No person may operate an aircraft 

issued an experimental certificate 
under § 21.191(i)(1) of this chapter to 
tow a glider that is a light-sport air-
craft or unpowered ultralight vehicle 
for compensation or hire or to conduct 
flight training for compensation or 
hire in an aircraft which that persons 
provides unless within the preceding 
100 hours of time in service the aircraft 
has— 

(1) Been inspected by a certificated 

repairman (light-sport aircraft) with a 
maintenance rating, an appropriately 
rated mechanic, or an appropriately 
rated repair station in accordance with 
inspection procedures developed by the 
aircraft manufacturer or a person ac-
ceptable to the FAA; or 

(2) Received an inspection for the 

issuance of an airworthiness certificate 
in accordance with part 21 of this chap-
ter. 

(h) The FAA may issue deviation au-

thority providing relief from the provi-
sions of paragraph (a) of this section 
for the purpose of conducting flight 
training. The FAA will issue this devi-
ation authority as a letter of deviation 
authority. 

(1) The FAA may cancel or amend a 

letter of deviation authority at any 
time. 

(2) An applicant must submit a re-

quest for deviation authority to the 
FAA at least 60 days before the date of 

intended operations. A request for devi-
ation authority must contain a com-
plete description of the proposed oper-
ation and justification that establishes 
a level of safety equivalent to that pro-
vided under the regulations for the de-
viation requested. 

(i) The Administrator may prescribe 

additional limitations that the Admin-
istrator considers necessary, including 
limitations on the persons that may be 
carried in the aircraft. 

(j) No person may operate an aircraft 

that has an experimental certificate 
under § 61.113(i) of this chapter unless 
the aircraft is carrying not more than 
6 occupants. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0005) 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44881, July 
27, 2004; Docket FAA–2016–9157, Amdt. 91–347, 
82 FR 3167, Jan. 11, 2017] 

§ 91.321

Carriage of candidates in elec-

tions. 

(a) As an aircraft operator, you may 

receive payment for carrying a can-
didate, agent of a candidate, or person 
traveling on behalf of a candidate, run-
ning for Federal, State, or local elec-
tion, without having to comply with 
the rules in parts 121, 125 or 135 of this 
chapter, under the following condi-
tions: 

(1) Your primary business is not as an 

air carrier or commercial operator; 

(2) You carry the candidate, agent, or 

person traveling on behalf of a can-
didate, under the rules of part 91; and 

(3) By Federal, state or local law, you 

are required to receive payment for 
carrying the candidate, agent, or per-
son traveling on behalf of a candidate. 
For federal elections, the payment may 
not exceed the amount required by the 
Federal Election Commission. For a 
state or local election, the payment 
may not exceed the amount required 
under the applicable state or local law. 

(b) For the purposes of this section, 

for Federal elections, the terms 

can-

didate and election have the same mean-
ing as set forth in the regulations of 
the Federal Election Commission. For 
State or local elections, the terms 

can-

didate and election have the same mean-
ing as provided by the applicable State 
or local law and those terms relate to 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00746

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

737 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.327 

candidates for election to public office 
in State and local government elec-
tions. 

[Doc. No. FAA–2005–20168, 70 FR 4982, Jan. 31, 
2005] 

§ 91.323

Increased maximum certifi-

cated weights for certain airplanes 
operated in Alaska. 

(a) Notwithstanding any other provi-

sion of the Federal Aviation Regula-
tions, the Administrator will approve, 
as provided in this section, an increase 
in the maximum certificated weight of 
an airplane type certificated under 
Aeronautics Bulletin No. 7–A of the 
U.S. Department of Commerce dated 
January 1, 1931, as amended, or under 
the normal category of part 4a of the 
former Civil Air Regulations (14 CFR 
part 4a, 1964 ed.) if that airplane is op-
erated in the State of Alaska by— 

(1) A certificate holder conducting 

operations under part 121 or part 135 of 
this chapter; or 

(2) The U.S. Department of Interior 

in conducting its game and fish law en-
forcement activities or its manage-
ment, fire detection, and fire suppres-
sion activities concerning public lands. 

(b) The maximum certificated weight 

approved under this section may not 
exceed— 

(1) 12,500 pounds; 
(2) 115 percent of the maximum 

weight listed in the FAA aircraft speci-
fications; 

(3) The weight at which the airplane 

meets the positive maneuvering load 
factor 

n, where n=2.1+(24,000/(W+10,000)) 

and W=design maximum takeoff 
weight, except that n need not be more 
than 3.8; or 

(4) The weight at which the airplane 

meets the climb performance require-
ments under which it was type certifi-
cated. 

(c) In determining the maximum cer-

tificated weight, the Administrator 
considers the structural soundness of 
the airplane and the terrain to be tra-
versed. 

(d) The maximum certificated weight 

determined under this section is added 
to the airplane’s operation limitations 
and is identified as the maximum 

weight authorized for operations with-
in the State of Alaska. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989; 
Amdt. 91–211, 54 FR 41211, Oct. 5, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–253, 62 FR 13253, Mar. 
19, 1997; Docket FAA–2015–1621, Amdt. 91–346, 
81 FR 96700, Dec. 30, 2016] 

§ 91.325

Primary category aircraft: Op-

erating limitations. 

(a) No person may operate a primary 

category aircraft carrying persons or 
property for compensation or hire. 

(b) No person may operate a primary 

category aircraft that is maintained by 
the pilot-owner under an approved spe-
cial inspection and maintenance pro-
gram except— 

(1) The pilot-owner; or 
(2) A designee of the pilot-owner, pro-

vided that the pilot-owner does not re-
ceive compensation for the use of the 
aircraft. 

[Doc. No. 23345, 57 FR 41370, Sept. 9, 1992] 

§ 91.327

Aircraft having a special air-

worthiness certificate in the light- 
sport category: Operating limita-
tions. 

(a) No person may operate an aircraft 

that has a special airworthiness certifi-
cate in the light-sport category for 
compensation or hire except— 

(1) To tow a glider or an unpowered 

ultralight vehicle in accordance with 
§ 91.309 of this chapter; or 

(2) To conduct flight training. 
(b) No person may operate an aircraft 

that has a special airworthiness certifi-
cate in the light-sport category un-
less— 

(1) The aircraft is maintained by a 

certificated repairman with a light- 
sport aircraft maintenance rating, an 
appropriately rated mechanic, or an 
appropriately rated repair station in 
accordance with the applicable provi-
sions of part 43 of this chapter and 
maintenance and inspection procedures 
developed by the aircraft manufacturer 
or a person acceptable to the FAA; 

(2) A condition inspection is per-

formed once every 12 calendar months 
by a certificated repairman (light-sport 
aircraft) with a maintenance rating, an 
appropriately rated mechanic, or an 
appropriately rated repair station in 
accordance with inspection procedures 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00747

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

738 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§§ 91.328–91.399 

developed by the aircraft manufacturer 
or a person acceptable to the FAA; 

(3) The owner or operator complies 

with all applicable airworthiness direc-
tives; 

(4) The owner or operator complies 

with each safety directive applicable to 
the aircraft that corrects an existing 
unsafe condition. In lieu of complying 
with a safety directive an owner or op-
erator may— 

(i) Correct the unsafe condition in a 

manner different from that specified in 
the safety directive provided the per-
son issuing the directive concurs with 
the action; or 

(ii) Obtain an FAA waiver from the 

provisions of the safety directive based 
on a conclusion that the safety direc-
tive was issued without adhering to the 
applicable consensus standard; 

(5) Each alteration accomplished 

after the aircraft’s date of manufacture 
meets the applicable and current con-
sensus standard and has been author-
ized by either the manufacturer or a 
person acceptable to the FAA; 

(6) Each major alteration to an air-

craft product produced under a con-
sensus standard is authorized, per-
formed and inspected in accordance 
with maintenance and inspection pro-
cedures developed by the manufacturer 
or a person acceptable to the FAA; and 

(7) The owner or operator complies 

with the requirements for the record-
ing of major repairs and major alter-
ations performed on type-certificated 
products in accordance with § 43.9(d) of 
this chapter, and with the retention re-
quirements in § 91.417. 

(c) No person may operate an aircraft 

issued a special airworthiness certifi-
cate in the light-sport category to tow 
a glider or unpowered ultralight vehi-
cle for compensation or hire or conduct 
flight training for compensation or 
hire in an aircraft which that persons 
provides unless within the preceding 
100 hours of time in service the aircraft 
has— 

(1) Been inspected by a certificated 

repairman with a light-sport aircraft 
maintenance rating, an appropriately 
rated mechanic, or an appropriately 
rated repair station in accordance with 
inspection procedures developed by the 
aircraft manufacturer or a person ac-
ceptable to the FAA and been approved 

for return to service in accordance 
with part 43 of this chapter; or 

(2) Received an inspection for the 

issuance of an airworthiness certificate 
in accordance with part 21 of this chap-
ter. 

(d) Each person operating an aircraft 

issued a special airworthiness certifi-
cate in the light-sport category must 
operate the aircraft in accordance with 
the aircraft’s operating instructions, 
including any provisions for necessary 
operating equipment specified in the 
aircraft’s equipment list. 

(e) Each person operating an aircraft 

issued a special airworthiness certifi-
cate in the light-sport category must 
advise each person carried of the spe-
cial nature of the aircraft and that the 
aircraft does not meet the airworthi-
ness requirements for an aircraft 
issued a standard airworthiness certifi-
cate. 

(f) The FAA may prescribe additional 

limitations that it considers necessary. 

[Doc. No. FAA–2001–11133, 69 FR 44881, July 
27, 2004] 

§§ 91.328–91.399

[Reserved] 

Subpart E—Maintenance, Preven-

tive Maintenance, and Alter-
ations 

S

OURCE

: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 

18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. 

§ 91.401

Applicability. 

(a) This subpart prescribes rules gov-

erning the maintenance, preventive 
maintenance, and alterations of U.S.- 
registered civil aircraft operating with-
in or outside of the United States. 

(b) Sections 91.405, 91.409, 91.411, 

91.417, and 91.419 of this subpart do not 
apply to an aircraft maintained in ac-
cordance with a continuous airworthi-
ness maintenance program as provided 
in part 121, 129, or §§ 91.1411 or 
135.411(a)(2) of this chapter. 

(c) Sections 91.405 and 91.409 of this 

part do not apply to an airplane in-
spected in accordance with part 125 of 
this chapter. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. 
27, 2001; Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. 17, 
2003] 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00748

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

739 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.409 

§ 91.403

General. 

(a) The owner or operator of an air-

craft is primarily responsible for main-
taining that aircraft in an airworthy 
condition, including compliance with 
part 39 of this chapter. 

(b) No person may perform mainte-

nance, preventive maintenance, or al-
terations on an aircraft other than as 
prescribed in this subpart and other ap-
plicable regulations, including part 43 
of this chapter. 

(c) No person may operate an aircraft 

for which a manufacturer’s mainte-
nance manual or instructions for con-
tinued airworthiness has been issued 
that contains an airworthiness limita-
tions section unless the mandatory re-
placement times, inspection intervals, 
and related procedures specified in that 
section or alternative inspection inter-
vals and related procedures set forth in 
an operations specification approved 
by the Administrator under part 121 or 
135 of this chapter or in accordance 
with an inspection program approved 
under § 91.409(e) have been complied 
with. 

(d) A person must not alter an air-

craft based on a supplemental type cer-
tificate unless the owner or operator of 
the aircraft is the holder of the supple-
mental type certificate, or has written 
permission from the holder. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. 
27, 2001; Amdt. 91–293, 71 FR 56005, Sept. 26, 
2006] 

§ 91.405

Maintenance required. 

Each owner or operator of an air-

craft— 

(a) Shall have that aircraft inspected 

as prescribed in subpart E of this part 
and shall between required inspections, 
except as provided in paragraph (c) of 
this section, have discrepancies re-
paired as prescribed in part 43 of this 
chapter; 

(b) Shall ensure that maintenance 

personnel make appropriate entries in 
the aircraft maintenance records indi-
cating the aircraft has been approved 
for return to service; 

(c) Shall have any inoperative instru-

ment or item of equipment, permitted 
to be inoperative by § 91.213(d)(2) of this 
part, repaired, replaced, removed, or 

inspected at the next required inspec-
tion; and 

(d) When listed discrepancies include 

inoperative instruments or equipment, 
shall ensure that a placard has been in-
stalled as required by § 43.11 of this 
chapter. 

§ 91.407

Operation after maintenance, 

preventive maintenance, rebuild-
ing, or alteration. 

(a) No person may operate any air-

craft that has undergone maintenance, 
preventive maintenance, rebuilding, or 
alteration unless— 

(1) It has been approved for return to 

service by a person authorized under 
§ 43.7 of this chapter; and 

(2) The maintenance record entry re-

quired by § 43.9 or § 43.11, as applicable, 
of this chapter has been made. 

(b) No person may carry any person 

(other than crewmembers) in an air-
craft that has been maintained, re-
built, or altered in a manner that may 
have appreciably changed its flight 
characteristics or substantially af-
fected its operation in flight until an 
appropriately rated pilot with at least 
a private pilot certificate flies the air-
craft, makes an operational check of 
the maintenance performed or alter-
ation made, and logs the flight in the 
aircraft records. 

(c) The aircraft does not have to be 

flown as required by paragraph (b) of 
this section if, prior to flight, ground 
tests, inspection, or both show conclu-
sively that the maintenance, preven-
tive maintenance, rebuilding, or alter-
ation has not appreciably changed the 
flight characteristics or substantially 
affected the flight operation of the air-
craft. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0005) 

§ 91.409

Inspections. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(c) of this section, no person may oper-
ate an aircraft unless, within the pre-
ceding 12 calendar months, it has had— 

(1) An annual inspection in accord-

ance with part 43 of this chapter and 
has been approved for return to service 
by a person authorized by § 43.7 of this 
chapter; or 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00749

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

740 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.409 

(2) An inspection for the issuance of 

an airworthiness certificate in accord-
ance with part 21 of this chapter. 

No inspection performed under para-
graph (b) of this section may be sub-
stituted for any inspection required by 
this paragraph unless it is performed 
by a person authorized to perform an-
nual inspections and is entered as an 
‘‘annual’’ inspection in the required 
maintenance records. 

(b) Except as provided in paragraph 

(c) of this section, no person may oper-
ate an aircraft carrying any person 
(other than a crewmember) for hire, 
and no person may give flight instruc-
tion for hire in an aircraft which that 
person provides, unless within the pre-
ceding 100 hours of time in service the 
aircraft has received an annual or 100- 
hour inspection and been approved for 
return to service in accordance with 
part 43 of this chapter or has received 
an inspection for the issuance of an air-
worthiness certificate in accordance 
with part 21 of this chapter. The 100- 
hour limitation may be exceeded by 
not more than 10 hours while en route 
to reach a place where the inspection 
can be done. The excess time used to 
reach a place where the inspection can 
be done must be included in computing 
the next 100 hours of time in service. 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sec-

tion do not apply to— 

(1) An aircraft that carries a special 

flight permit, a current experimental 
certificate, or a light-sport or provi-
sional airworthiness certificate; 

(2) An aircraft inspected in accord-

ance with an approved aircraft inspec-
tion program under part 125 or 135 of 
this chapter and so identified by the 
registration number in the operations 
specifications of the certificate holder 
having the approved inspection pro-
gram; 

(3) An aircraft subject to the require-

ments of paragraph (d) or (e) of this 
section; or 

(4) Turbine-powered rotorcraft when 

the operator elects to inspect that 
rotorcraft in accordance with para-
graph (e) of this section. 

(d) 

Progressive inspection. Each reg-

istered owner or operator of an aircraft 
desiring to use a progressive inspection 
program must submit a written request 

to the responsible Flight Standards of-
fice, and shall provide— 

(1) A certificated mechanic holding 

an inspection authorization, a certifi-
cated airframe repair station, or the 
manufacturer of the aircraft to super-
vise or conduct the progressive inspec-
tion; 

(2) A current inspection procedures 

manual available and readily under-
standable to pilot and maintenance 
personnel containing, in detail— 

(i) An explanation of the progressive 

inspection, including the continuity of 
inspection responsibility, the making 
of reports, and the keeping of records 
and technical reference material; 

(ii) An inspection schedule, speci-

fying the intervals in hours or days 
when routine and detailed inspections 
will be performed and including in-
structions for exceeding an inspection 
interval by not more than 10 hours 
while en route and for changing an in-
spection interval because of service ex-
perience; 

(iii) Sample routine and detailed in-

spection forms and instructions for 
their use; and 

(iv) Sample reports and records and 

instructions for their use; 

(3) Enough housing and equipment 

for necessary disassembly and proper 
inspection of the aircraft; and 

(4) Appropriate current technical in-

formation for the aircraft. 

The frequency and detail of the pro-
gressive inspection shall provide for 
the complete inspection of the aircraft 
within each 12 calendar months and be 
consistent with the manufacturer’s 
recommendations, field service experi-
ence, and the kind of operation in 
which the aircraft is engaged. The pro-
gressive inspection schedule must en-
sure that the aircraft, at all times, will 
be airworthy and will conform to all 
applicable FAA aircraft specifications, 
type certificate data sheets, airworthi-
ness directives, and other approved 
data. If the progressive inspection is 
discontinued, the owner or operator 
shall immediately notify the respon-
sible Flight Standards office, in writ-
ing, of the discontinuance. After the 
discontinuance, the first annual inspec-
tion under § 91.409(a)(1) is due within 12 
calendar months after the last com-
plete inspection of the aircraft under 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00750

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

741 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.409 

the progressive inspection. The 100- 
hour inspection under § 91.409(b) is due 
within 100 hours after that complete 
inspection. A complete inspection of 
the aircraft, for the purpose of deter-
mining when the annual and 100-hour 
inspections are due, requires a detailed 
inspection of the aircraft and all its 
components in accordance with the 
progressive inspection. A routine in-
spection of the aircraft and a detailed 
inspection of several components is not 
considered to be a complete inspection. 

(e) 

Large airplanes (to which part 125 is 

not applicable), turbojet multiengine air-
planes, turbopropeller-powered multien-
gine airplanes, and turbine-powered 
rotorcraft.  
No person may operate a 
large airplane, turbojet multiengine 
airplane, turbopropeller-powered mul-
tiengine airplane, or turbine-powered 
rotorcraft unless the replacement 
times for life-limited parts specified in 
the aircraft specifications, type data 
sheets, or other documents approved by 
the Administrator are complied with 
and the airplane or turbine-powered 
rotorcraft, including the airframe, en-
gines, propellers, rotors, appliances, 
survival equipment, and emergency 
equipment, is inspected in accordance 
with an inspection program selected 
under the provisions of paragraph (f) of 
this section, except that, the owner or 
operator of a turbine-powered rotor-
craft may elect to use the inspection 
provisions of § 91.409(a), (b), (c), or (d) in 
lieu of an inspection option of 
§ 91.409(f). 

(f) 

Selection of inspection program 

under paragraph (e) of this section. The 
registered owner or operator of each 
airplane or turbine-powered rotorcraft 
described in paragraph (e) of this sec-
tion must select, identify in the air-
craft maintenance records, and use one 
of the following programs for the in-
spection of the aircraft: 

(1) A continuous airworthiness in-

spection program that is part of a con-
tinuous airworthiness maintenance 
program currently in use by a person 
holding an air carrier operating certifi-
cate or an operating certificate issued 
under part 121 or 135 of this chapter and 
operating that make and model air-
craft under part 121 of this chapter or 
operating that make and model under 
part 135 of this chapter and maintain-

ing it under § 135.411(a)(2) of this chap-
ter. 

(2) An approved aircraft inspection 

program approved under § 135.419 of this 
chapter and currently in use by a per-
son holding an operating certificate 
issued under part 135 of this chapter. 

(3) A current inspection program rec-

ommended by the manufacturer. 

(4) Any other inspection program es-

tablished by the registered owner or 
operator of that airplane or turbine- 
powered rotorcraft and approved by the 
Administrator under paragraph (g) of 
this section. However, the Adminis-
trator may require revision of this in-
spection program in accordance with 
the provisions of § 91.415. 

Each operator shall include in the se-
lected program the name and address 
of the person responsible for scheduling 
the inspections required by the pro-
gram and make a copy of that program 
available to the person performing in-
spections on the aircraft and, upon re-
quest, to the Administrator. 

(g) 

Inspection program approved under 

paragraph (e) of this section. Each oper-
ator of an airplane or turbine-powered 
rotorcraft desiring to establish or 
change an approved inspection program 
under paragraph (f)(4) of this section 
must submit the program for approval 
to the responsible Flight Standards of-
fice. The program must be in writing 
and include at least the following in-
formation: 

(1) Instructions and procedures for 

the conduct of inspections for the par-
ticular make and model airplane or 
turbine-powered rotorcraft, including 
necessary tests and checks. The in-
structions and procedures must set 
forth in detail the parts and areas of 
the airframe, engines, propellers, ro-
tors, and appliances, including survival 
and emergency equipment required to 
be inspected. 

(2) A schedule for performing the in-

spections that must be performed 
under the program expressed in terms 
of the time in service, calendar time, 
number of system operations, or any 
combination of these. 

(h) 

Changes from one inspection pro-

gram to another. When an operator 
changes from one inspection program 
under paragraph (f) of this section to 
another, the time in service, calendar 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00751

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

742 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.410 

times, or cycles of operation accumu-
lated under the previous program must 
be applied in determining inspection 
due times under the new program. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0005) 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989; 
Amdt. 91–211, 54 FR 41211, Oct. 5, 1989; Amdt. 
91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. 27, 2001; Amdt. 91–282, 
69 FR 44882, July 27, 2004; Docket FAA–2018– 
0119, Amdt. 91–350, 83 FR 9171, Mar. 5, 2018] 

§ 91.410

[Reserved] 

§ 91.411

Altimeter system and altitude 

reporting equipment tests and in-
spections. 

(a) No person may operate an air-

plane, or helicopter, in controlled air-
space under IFR unless— 

(1) Within the preceding 24 calendar 

months, each static pressure system, 
each altimeter instrument, and each 
automatic pressure altitude reporting 
system has been tested and inspected 
and found to comply with appendices E 
and F of part 43 of this chapter; 

(2) Except for the use of system drain 

and alternate static pressure valves, 
following any opening and closing of 
the static pressure system, that system 
has been tested and inspected and 
found to comply with paragraph (a), 
appendix E, of part 43 of this chapter; 
and 

(3) Following installation or mainte-

nance on the automatic pressure alti-
tude reporting system of the ATC 
transponder where data correspondence 
error could be introduced, the inte-
grated system has been tested, in-
spected, and found to comply with 
paragraph (c), appendix E, of part 43 of 
this chapter. 

(b) The tests required by paragraph 

(a) of this section must be conducted 
by— 

(1) The manufacturer of the airplane, 

or helicopter, on which the tests and 
inspections are to be performed; 

(2) A certificated repair station prop-

erly equipped to perform those func-
tions and holding— 

(i) An instrument rating, Class I; 
(ii) A limited instrument rating ap-

propriate to the make and model of ap-
pliance to be tested; 

(iii) A limited rating appropriate to 

the test to be performed; 

(iv) An airframe rating appropriate 

to the airplane, or helicopter, to be 
tested; or 

(3) A certificated mechanic with an 

airframe rating (static pressure system 
tests and inspections only). 

(c) Altimeter and altitude reporting 

equipment approved under Technical 
Standard Orders are considered to be 
tested and inspected as of the date of 
their manufacture. 

(d) No person may operate an air-

plane, or helicopter, in controlled air-
space under IFR at an altitude above 
the maximum altitude at which all al-
timeters and the automatic altitude re-
porting system of that airplane, or hel-
icopter, have been tested. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–269, 66 FR 41116, Aug. 6, 
2001; 72 FR 7739, Feb. 20, 2007] 

§ 91.413

ATC transponder tests and in-

spections. 

(a) No persons may use an ATC trans-

ponder that is specified in 91.215(a), 
121.345(c), or § 135.143(c) of this chapter 
unless, within the preceding 24 cal-
endar months, the ATC transponder 
has been tested and inspected and 
found to comply with appendix F of 
part 43 of this chapter; and 

(b) Following any installation or 

maintenance on an ATC transponder 
where data correspondence error could 
be introduced, the integrated system 
has been tested, inspected, and found 
to comply with paragraph (c), appendix 
E, of part 43 of this chapter. 

(c) The tests and inspections speci-

fied in this section must be conducted 
by— 

(1) A certificated repair station prop-

erly equipped to perform those func-
tions and holding— 

(i) A radio rating, Class III; 
(ii) A limited radio rating appro-

priate to the make and model trans-
ponder to be tested; 

(iii) A limited rating appropriate to 

the test to be performed; 

(2) A holder of a continuous air-

worthiness maintenance program as 
provided in part 121 or § 135.411(a)(2) of 
this chapter; or 

(3) The manufacturer of the aircraft 

on which the transponder to be tested 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00752

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

743 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.417 

is installed, if the transponder was in-
stalled by that manufacturer. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. 
27, 2001; Amdt. 91–269, 66 FR 41116, Aug. 6, 
2001] 

§ 91.415

Changes to aircraft inspection 

programs. 

(a) Whenever the Administrator finds 

that revisions to an approved aircraft 
inspection program under § 91.409(f)(4) 
or § 91.1109 are necessary for the contin-
ued adequacy of the program, the 
owner or operator must, after notifica-
tion by the Administrator, make any 
changes in the program found to be 
necessary by the Administrator. 

(b) The owner or operator may peti-

tion the Administrator to reconsider 
the notice to make any changes in a 
program in accordance with paragraph 
(a) of this section. 

(c) The petition must be filed with 

the Executive Director, Flight Stand-
ards Service within 30 days after the 
certificate holder or fractional owner-
ship program manager receives the no-
tice. 

(d) Except in the case of an emer-

gency requiring immediate action in 
the interest of safety, the filing of the 
petition stays the notice pending a de-
cision by the Administrator. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. 
17, 2003; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 91–350, 
83 FR 9171, Mar. 5, 2018] 

§ 91.417

Maintenance records. 

(a) Except for work performed in ac-

cordance with §§ 91.411 and 91.413, each 
registered owner or operator shall keep 
the following records for the periods 
specified in paragraph (b) of this sec-
tion: 

(1) Records of the maintenance, pre-

ventive maintenance, and alteration 
and records of the 100-hour, annual, 
progressive, and other required or ap-
proved inspections, as appropriate, for 
each aircraft (including the airframe) 
and each engine, propeller, rotor, and 
appliance of an aircraft. The records 
must include— 

(i) A description (or reference to data 

acceptable to the Administrator) of the 
work performed; and 

(ii) The date of completion of the 

work performed; and 

(iii) The signature, and certificate 

number of the person approving the 
aircraft for return to service. 

(2) Records containing the following 

information: 

(i) The total time in service of the 

airframe, each engine, each propeller, 
and each rotor. 

(ii) The current status of life-limited 

parts of each airframe, engine, pro-
peller, rotor, and appliance. 

(iii) The time since last overhaul of 

all items installed on the aircraft 
which are required to be overhauled on 
a specified time basis. 

(iv) The current inspection status of 

the aircraft, including the time since 
the last inspection required by the in-
spection program under which the air-
craft and its appliances are main-
tained. 

(v) The current status of applicable 

airworthiness directives (AD) and safe-
ty directives including, for each, the 
method of compliance, the AD or safe-
ty directive number and revision date. 
If the AD or safety directive involves 
recurring action, the time and date 
when the next action is required. 

(vi) Copies of the forms prescribed by 

§ 43.9(d) of this chapter for each major 
alteration to the airframe and cur-
rently installed engines, rotors, propel-
lers, and appliances. 

(b) The owner or operator shall re-

tain the following records for the peri-
ods prescribed: 

(1) The records specified in paragraph 

(a)(1) of this section shall be retained 
until the work is repeated or super-
seded by other work or for 1 year after 
the work is performed. 

(2) The records specified in paragraph 

(a)(2) of this section shall be retained 
and transferred with the aircraft at the 
time the aircraft is sold. 

(3) A list of defects furnished to a 

registered owner or operator under 
§ 43.11 of this chapter shall be retained 
until the defects are repaired and the 
aircraft is approved for return to serv-
ice. 

(c) The owner or operator shall make 

all maintenance records required to be 
kept by this section available for in-
spection by the Administrator or any 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00753

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

744 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.419 

authorized representative of the Na-
tional Transportation Safety Board 
(NTSB). In addition, the owner or oper-
ator shall present Form 337 described 
in paragraph (d) of this section for in-
spection upon request of any law en-
forcement officer. 

(d) When a fuel tank is installed 

within the passenger compartment or a 
baggage compartment pursuant to part 
43 of this chapter, a copy of FAA Form 
337 shall be kept on board the modified 
aircraft by the owner or operator. 

(Approved by the Office of Management and 
Budget under control number 2120–0005) 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–311, 75 FR 5223, Feb. 1, 
2010; Amdt. 91–323, 76 FR 39260, July 6, 2011] 

§ 91.419

Transfer of maintenance 

records. 

Any owner or operator who sells a 

U.S.-registered aircraft shall transfer 
to the purchaser, at the time of sale, 
the following records of that aircraft, 
in plain language form or in coded form 
at the election of the purchaser, if the 
coded form provides for the preserva-
tion and retrieval of information in a 
manner acceptable to the Adminis-
trator: 

(a) The records specified in 

§ 91.417(a)(2). 

(b) The records specified in 

§ 91.417(a)(1) which are not included in 
the records covered by paragraph (a) of 
this section, except that the purchaser 
may permit the seller to keep physical 
custody of such records. However, cus-
tody of records by the seller does not 
relieve the purchaser of the responsi-
bility under § 91.417(c) to make the 
records available for inspection by the 
Administrator or any authorized rep-
resentative of the National Transpor-
tation Safety Board (NTSB). 

§ 91.421

Rebuilt engine maintenance 

records. 

(a) The owner or operator may use a 

new maintenance record, without pre-
vious operating history, for an aircraft 
engine rebuilt by the manufacturer or 
by an agency approved by the manufac-
turer. 

(b) Each manufacturer or agency 

that grants zero time to an engine re-
built by it shall enter in the new 
record— 

(1) A signed statement of the date the 

engine was rebuilt; 

(2) Each change made as required by 

airworthiness directives; and 

(3) Each change made in compliance 

with manufacturer’s service bulletins, 
if the entry is specifically requested in 
that bulletin. 

(c) For the purposes of this section, a 

rebuilt engine is a used engine that has 
been completely disassembled, in-
spected, repaired as necessary, reas-
sembled, tested, and approved in the 
same manner and to the same toler-
ances and limits as a new engine with 
either new or used parts. However, all 
parts used in it must conform to the 
production drawing tolerances and lim-
its for new parts or be of approved 
oversized or undersized dimensions for 
a new engine. 

§§ 91.423–91.499

[Reserved] 

Subpart F—Large and Turbine- 

Powered Multiengine Air-
planes and Fractional Owner-
ship Program Aircraft 

S

OURCE

: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 

18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. 

§ 91.501

Applicability. 

(a) This subpart prescribes operating 

rules, in addition to those prescribed in 
other subparts of this part, governing 
the operation of large airplanes of U.S. 
registry, turbojet-powered multiengine 
civil airplanes of U.S. registry, and 
fractional ownership program aircraft 
of U.S. registry that are operating 
under subpart K of this part in oper-
ations not involving common carriage. 
The operating rules in this subpart do 
not apply to those aircraft when they 
are required to be operated under parts 
121, 125, 129, 135, and 137 of this chapter. 
(Section 91.409 prescribes an inspection 
program for large and for turbine-pow-
ered (turbojet and turboprop) multien-
gine airplanes and turbine-powered 
rotorcraft of U.S. registry when they 
are operated under this part or part 129 
or 137.) 

(b) Operations that may be conducted 

under the rules in this subpart instead 
of those in parts 121, 129, 135, and 137 of 
this chapter when common carriage is 
not involved, include— 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00754

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

745 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.501 

(1) Ferry or training flights; 
(2) Aerial work operations such as 

aerial photography or survey, or pipe-
line patrol, but not including fire fight-
ing operations; 

(3) Flights for the demonstration of 

an airplane to prospective customers 
when no charge is made except for 
those specified in paragraph (d) of this 
section; 

(4) Flights conducted by the operator 

of an airplane for his personal trans-
portation, or the transportation of his 
guests when no charge, assessment, or 
fee is made for the transportation; 

(5) Carriage of officials, employees, 

guests, and property of a company on 
an airplane operated by that company, 
or the parent or a subsidiary of the 
company or a subsidiary of the parent, 
when the carriage is within the scope 
of, and incidental to, the business of 
the company (other than transpor-
tation by air) and no charge, assess-
ment or fee is made for the carriage in 
excess of the cost of owning, operating, 
and maintaining the airplane, except 
that no charge of any kind may be 
made for the carriage of a guest of a 
company, when the carriage is not 
within the scope of, and incidental to, 
the business of that company; 

(6) The carriage of company officials, 

employees, and guests of the company 
on an airplane operated under a time 
sharing, interchange, or joint owner-
ship agreement as defined in paragraph 
(c) of this section; 

(7) The carriage of property (other 

than mail) on an airplane operated by 
a person in the furtherance of a busi-
ness or employment (other than trans-
portation by air) when the carriage is 
within the scope of, and incidental to, 
that business or employment and no 
charge, assessment, or fee is made for 
the carriage other than those specified 
in paragraph (d) of this section; 

(8) The carriage on an airplane of an 

athletic team, sports group, choral 
group, or similar group having a com-
mon purpose or objective when there is 
no charge, assessment, or fee of any 
kind made by any person for that car-
riage; and 

(9) The carriage of persons on an air-

plane operated by a person in the fur-
therance of a business other than 
transportation by air for the purpose of 

selling them land, goods, or property, 
including franchises or distributor-
ships, when the carriage is within the 
scope of, and incidental to, that busi-
ness and no charge, assessment, or fee 
is made for that carriage. 

(10) Any operation identified in para-

graphs (b)(1) through (b)(9) of this sec-
tion when conducted— 

(i) By a fractional ownership program 

manager, or 

(ii) By a fractional owner in a frac-

tional ownership program aircraft op-
erated under subpart K of this part, ex-
cept that a flight under a joint owner-
ship arrangement under paragraph 
(b)(6) of this section may not be con-
ducted. For a flight under an inter-
change agreement under paragraph 
(b)(6) of this section, the exchange of 
equal time for the operation must be 
properly accounted for as part of the 
total hours associated with the frac-
tional owner’s share of ownership. 

(c) As used in this section— 
(1) A 

time sharing agreement means an 

arrangement whereby a person leases 
his airplane with flight crew to another 
person, and no charge is made for the 
flights conducted under that arrange-
ment other than those specified in 
paragraph (d) of this section; 

(2) An 

interchange agreement means an 

arrangement whereby a person leases 
his airplane to another person in ex-
change for equal time, when needed, on 
the other person’s airplane, and no 
charge, assessment, or fee is made, ex-
cept that a charge may be made not to 
exceed the difference between the cost 
of owning, operating, and maintaining 
the two airplanes; 

(3) A 

joint ownership agreement means 

an arrangement whereby one of the 
registered joint owners of an airplane 
employs and furnishes the flight crew 
for that airplane and each of the reg-
istered joint owners pays a share of the 
charge specified in the agreement. 

(d) The following may be charged, as 

expenses of a specific flight, for trans-
portation as authorized by paragraphs 
(b) (3) and (7) and (c)(1) of this section: 

(1) Fuel, oil, lubricants, and other ad-

ditives. 

(2) Travel expenses of the crew, in-

cluding food, lodging, and ground 
transportation. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00755

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

746 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.503 

(3) Hangar and tie-down costs away 

from the aircraft’s base of operation. 

(4) Insurance obtained for the specific 

flight. 

(5) Landing fees, airport taxes, and 

similar assessments. 

(6) Customs, foreign permit, and 

similar fees directly related to the 
flight. 

(7) In flight food and beverages. 
(8) Passenger ground transportation. 
(9) Flight planning and weather con-

tract services. 

(10) An additional charge equal to 100 

percent of the expenses listed in para-
graph (d)(1) of this section. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. 
17, 2003] 

§ 91.503

Flying equipment and oper-

ating information. 

(a) The pilot in command of an air-

plane shall ensure that the following 
flying equipment and aeronautical 
charts and data, in current and appro-
priate form, are accessible for each 
flight at the pilot station of the air-
plane: 

(1) A flashlight having at least two 

size ‘‘D’’ cells, or the equivalent, that 
is in good working order. 

(2) A cockpit checklist containing 

the procedures required by paragraph 
(b) of this section. 

(3) Pertinent aeronautical charts. 
(4) For IFR, VFR over-the-top, or 

night operations, each pertinent navi-
gational en route, terminal area, and 
approach and letdown chart. 

(5) In the case of multiengine air-

planes, one-engine inoperative climb 
performance data. 

(b) Each cockpit checklist must con-

tain the following procedures and shall 
be used by the flight crewmembers 
when operating the airplane: 

(1) Before starting engines. 
(2) Before takeoff. 
(3) Cruise. 
(4) Before landing. 
(5) After landing. 
(6) Stopping engines. 
(7) Emergencies. 
(c) Each emergency cockpit checklist 

procedure required by paragraph (b)(7) 
of this section must contain the fol-
lowing procedures, as appropriate: 

(1) Emergency operation of fuel, hy-

draulic, electrical, and mechanical sys-
tems. 

(2) Emergency operation of instru-

ments and controls. 

(3) Engine inoperative procedures. 
(4) Any other procedures necessary 

for safety. 

(d) The equipment, charts, and data 

prescribed in this section shall be used 
by the pilot in command and other 
members of the flight crew, when perti-
nent. 

§ 91.505

Familiarity with operating 

limitations and emergency equip-
ment. 

(a) Each pilot in command of an air-

plane shall, before beginning a flight, 
become familiar with the Airplane 
Flight Manual for that airplane, if one 
is required, and with any placards, list-
ings, instrument markings, or any 
combination thereof, containing each 
operating limitation prescribed for 
that airplane by the Administrator, in-
cluding those specified in § 91.9(b). 

(b) Each required member of the crew 

shall, before beginning a flight, become 
familiar with the emergency equip-
ment installed on the airplane to which 
that crewmember is assigned and with 
the procedures to be followed for the 
use of that equipment in an emergency 
situation. 

§ 91.507

Equipment requirements: 

Over-the-top or night VFR oper-
ations. 

No person may operate an airplane 

over-the-top or at night under VFR un-
less that airplane is equipped with the 
instruments and equipment required 
for IFR operations under § 91.205(d) and 
one electric landing light for night op-
erations. Each required instrument and 
item of equipment must be in operable 
condition. 

§ 91.509

Survival equipment for 

overwater operations. 

(a) No person may take off an air-

plane for a flight over water more than 
50 nautical miles from the nearest 
shore unless that airplane is equipped 
with a life preserver or an approved flo-
tation means for each occupant of the 
airplane. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00756

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

747 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.511 

(b) Except as provided in paragraph 

(c) of this section, no person may take 
off an airplane for flight over water 
more than 30 minutes flying time or 100 
nautical miles from the nearest shore, 
whichever is less, unless it has on 
board the following survival equip-
ment: 

(1) A life preserver, equipped with an 

approved survivor locator light, for 
each occupant of the airplane. 

(2) Enough liferafts (each equipped 

with an approved survival locator 
light) of a rated capacity and buoyancy 
to accommodate the occupants of the 
airplane. 

(3) At least one pyrotechnic signaling 

device for each liferaft. 

(4) One self-buoyant, water-resistant, 

portable emergency radio signaling de-
vice that is capable of transmission on 
the appropriate emergency frequency 
or frequencies and not dependent upon 
the airplane power supply. 

(5) A lifeline stored in accordance 

with § 25.1411(g) of this chapter. 

(c) A fractional ownership program 

manager under subpart K of this part 
may apply for a deviation from para-
graphs (b)(2) through (5) of this section 
for a particular over water operation or 
the Administrator may amend the 
management specifications to require 
the carriage of all or any specific items 
of the equipment listed in paragraphs 
(b)(2) through (5) of this section. 

(d) The required life rafts, life pre-

servers, and signaling devices must be 
installed in conspicuously marked lo-
cations and easily accessible in the 
event of a ditching without appreciable 
time for preparatory procedures. 

(e) A survival kit, appropriately 

equipped for the route to be flown, 
must be attached to each required life 
raft. 

(f) As used in this section, the term 

shore means that area of the land adja-
cent to the water that is above the 
high water mark and excludes land 
areas that are intermittently under 
water. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54561, Sept. 
17, 2003] 

§ 91.511

Communication and naviga-

tion equipment for overwater oper-
ations. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs 

(c), (d), and (f) of this section, no per-
son operating under this subpart may 
take off an airplane for a flight over 
water more than 30 minutes flying 
time or 100 nautical miles from the 
nearest shore unless it has at least the 
following operable equipment: 

(1) Radio communication equipment 

appropriate to the facilities to be used 
and able to transmit to, and receive 
from, at least one communication fa-
cility from any place along the route: 

(i) Two transmitters. 
(ii) Two microphones. 
(iii) Two headsets or one headset and 

one speaker. 

(iv) Two independent receivers. 
(2) Appropriate electronic naviga-

tional equipment consisting of at least 
two independent electronic navigation 
units capable of providing the pilot 
with the information necessary to 
navigate the airplane within the air-
space assigned by air traffic control. 
However, a receiver that can receive 
both communications and required 
navigational signals may be used in 
place of a separate communications re-
ceiver and a separate navigational sig-
nal receiver or unit. 

(b) For the purposes of paragraphs 

(a)(1)(iv) and (a)(2) of this section, a re-
ceiver or electronic navigation unit is 
independent if the function of any part 
of it does not depend on the func-
tioning of any part of another receiver 
or electronic navigation unit. 

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of 

paragraph (a) of this section, a person 
may operate an airplane on which no 
passengers are carried from a place 
where repairs or replacement cannot be 
made to a place where they can be 
made, if not more than one of each of 
the dual items of radio communication 
and navigational equipment specified 
in paragraphs (a)(1) (i) through (iv) and 
(a)(2) of this section malfunctions or 
becomes inoperative. 

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of 

paragraph (a) of this section, when 
both VHF and HF communications 
equipment are required for the route 
and the airplane has two VHF trans-
mitters and two VHF receivers for 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00757

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

748 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.513 

communications, only one HF trans-
mitter and one HF receiver is required 
for communications. 

(e) As used in this section, the term 

shore means that area of the land adja-
cent to the water which is above the 
high-water mark and excludes land 
areas which are intermittently under 
water. 

(f) Notwithstanding the requirements 

in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a 
person may operate in the Gulf of Mex-
ico, the Caribbean Sea, and the Atlan-
tic Ocean west of a line which extends 
from 44

°

47

00

″ 

N / 67

°

00

00

″ 

W to 39

°

00

00

″ 

N / 67

°

00

00

″ 

W to 38

°

30

00

″ 

N / 60

°

00

00

″ 

south along the 60

°

00

00

″ 

W longitude 

line to the point where the line inter-
sects with the northern coast of South 
America, when: 

(1) A single long-range navigation 

system is installed, operational, and 
appropriate for the route; and 

(2) Flight conditions and the air-

craft’s capabilities are such that no 
more than a 30-minute gap in two-way 
radio very high frequency communica-
tions is expected to exist. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–249, 61 FR 7190, Feb. 26, 
1996; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June 7, 2007; 
Docket No. FAA–2022–1355, Amdt. No. 91–366, 
87 FR 75846, Dec. 9, 2022] 

§ 91.513

Emergency equipment. 

(a) No person may operate an air-

plane unless it is equipped with the 
emergency equipment listed in this 
section. 

(b) Each item of equipment— 
(1) Must be inspected in accordance 

with § 91.409 to ensure its continued 
serviceability and immediate readiness 
for its intended purposes; 

(2) Must be readily accessible to the 

crew; 

(3) Must clearly indicate its method 

of operation; and 

(4) When carried in a compartment or 

container, must have that compart-
ment or container marked as to con-
tents and date of last inspection. 

(c) Hand fire extinguishers must be 

provided for use in crew, passenger, and 
cargo compartments in accordance 
with the following: 

(1) The type and quantity of extin-

guishing agent must be suitable for the 
kinds of fires likely to occur in the 

compartment where the extinguisher is 
intended to be used. 

(2) At least one hand fire extin-

guisher must be provided and located 
on or near the flight deck in a place 
that is readily accessible to the flight 
crew. 

(3) At least one hand fire extin-

guisher must be conveniently located 
in the passenger compartment of each 
airplane accommodating more than six 
but less than 31 passengers, and at 
least two hand fire extinguishers must 
be conveniently located in the pas-
senger compartment of each airplane 
accommodating more than 30 pas-
sengers. 

(4) Hand fire extinguishers must be 

installed and secured in such a manner 
that they will not interfere with the 
safe operation of the airplane or ad-
versely affect the safety of the crew 
and passengers. They must be readily 
accessible and, unless the locations of 
the fire extinguishers are obvious, 
their stowage provisions must be prop-
erly identified. 

(d) First aid kits for treatment of in-

juries likely to occur in flight or in 
minor accidents must be provided. 

(e) Each airplane accommodating 

more than 19 passengers must be 
equipped with a crash axe. 

(f) Each passenger-carrying airplane 

must have a portable battery-powered 
megaphone or megaphones readily ac-
cessible to the crewmembers assigned 
to direct emergency evacuation, in-
stalled as follows: 

(1) One megaphone on each airplane 

with a seating capacity of more than 60 
but less than 100 passengers, at the 
most rearward location in the pas-
senger cabin where it would be readily 
accessible to a normal flight attendant 
seat. However, the Administrator may 
grant a deviation from the require-
ments of this subparagraph if the Ad-
ministrator finds that a different loca-
tion would be more useful for evacu-
ation of persons during an emergency. 

(2) On each airplane with a seating 

capacity of 100 or more passengers, one 
megaphone installed at the forward end 
and one installed at the most rearward 
location where it would be readily ac-
cessible to a normal flight attendant 
seat. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00758

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

749 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.519 

§ 91.515

Flight altitude rules. 

(a) Notwithstanding § 91.119, and ex-

cept as provided in paragraph (b) of 
this section, no person may operate an 
airplane under VFR at less than— 

(1) One thousand feet above the sur-

face, or 1,000 feet from any mountain, 
hill, or other obstruction to flight, for 
day operations; and 

(2) The altitudes prescribed in § 91.177, 

for night operations. 

(b) This section does not apply— 
(1) During takeoff or landing; 
(2) When a different altitude is au-

thorized by a waiver to this section 
under subpart J of this part; or 

(3) When a flight is conducted under 

the special VFR weather minimums of 
§ 91.157 with an appropriate clearance 
from ATC. 

§ 91.517

Passenger information. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(b) of this section, no person may oper-
ate an airplane carrying passengers un-
less it is equipped with signs that are 
visible to passengers and flight attend-
ants to notify them when smoking is 
prohibited and when safety belts must 
be fastened. The signs must be so con-
structed that the crew can turn them 
on and off. They must be turned on 
during airplane movement on the sur-
face, for each takeoff, for each landing, 
and when otherwise considered to be 
necessary by the pilot in command. 

(b) The pilot in command of an air-

plane that is not required, in accord-
ance with applicable aircraft and 
equipment requirements of this chap-
ter, to be equipped as provided in para-
graph (a) of this section shall ensure 
that the passengers are notified orally 
each time that it is necessary to fasten 
their safety belts and when smoking is 
prohibited. 

(c) If passenger information signs are 

installed, no passenger or crewmember 
may smoke while any ‘‘no smoking’’ 
sign is lighted nor may any passenger 
or crewmember smoke in any lavatory. 

(d) Each passenger required by 

§ 91.107(a)(3) to occupy a seat or berth 
shall fasten his or her safety belt about 
him or her and keep it fastened while 
any ‘‘fasten seat belt’’ sign is lighted. 

(e) Each passenger shall comply with 

instructions given him or her by crew-
members regarding compliance with 

paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this sec-
tion. 

[Doc. No. 26142, 57 FR 42672, Sept. 15, 1992] 

§ 91.519

Passenger briefing. 

(a) Before each takeoff the pilot in 

command of an airplane carrying pas-
sengers shall ensure that all passengers 
have been orally briefed on— 

(1) 

Smoking.  Each passenger shall be 

briefed on when, where, and under what 
conditions smoking is prohibited. This 
briefing shall include a statement, as 
appropriate, that the Federal Aviation 
Regulations require passenger compli-
ance with lighted passenger informa-
tion signs and no smoking placards, 
prohibit smoking in lavatories, and re-
quire compliance with crewmember in-
structions with regard to these items; 

(2) 

Use of safety belts and shoulder har-

nesses.  Each passenger shall be briefed 
on when, where, and under what condi-
tions it is necessary to have his or her 
safety belt and, if installed, his or her 
shoulder harness fastened about him or 
her. This briefing shall include a state-
ment, as appropriate, that Federal 
Aviation Regulations require passenger 
compliance with the lighted passenger 
sign and/or crewmember instructions 
with regard to these items; 

(3) Location and means for opening 

the passenger entry door and emer-
gency exits; 

(4) Location of survival equipment; 
(5) Ditching procedures and the use of 

flotation equipment required under 
§ 91.509 for a flight over water; and 

(6) The normal and emergency use of 

oxygen equipment installed on the air-
plane. 

(b) The oral briefing required by 

paragraph (a) of this section shall be 
given by the pilot in command or a 
member of the crew, but need not be 
given when the pilot in command de-
termines that the passengers are famil-
iar with the contents of the briefing. It 
may be supplemented by printed cards 
for the use of each passenger con-
taining— 

(1) A diagram of, and methods of op-

erating, the emergency exits; and 

(2) Other instructions necessary for 

use of emergency equipment. 

(c) Each card used under paragraph 

(b) must be carried in convenient loca-
tions on the airplane for the use of 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00759

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

750 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.521 

each passenger and must contain infor-
mation that is pertinent only to the 
type and model airplane on which it is 
used. 

(d) For operations under subpart K of 

this part, the passenger briefing re-
quirements of § 91.1035 apply, instead of 
the requirements of paragraphs (a) 
through (c) of this section. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–231, 57 FR 42672, Sept. 
15, 1992; Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54561, Sept. 17, 
2003] 

§ 91.521

Shoulder harness. 

(a) No person may operate a trans-

port category airplane that was type 
certificated after January 1, 1958, un-
less it is equipped at each seat at a 
flight deck station with a combined 
safety belt and shoulder harness that 
meets the applicable requirements 
specified in § 25.785 of this chapter, ex-
cept that— 

(1) Shoulder harnesses and combined 

safety belt and shoulder harnesses that 
were approved and installed before 
March 6, 1980, may continue to be used; 
and 

(2) Safety belt and shoulder harness 

restraint systems may be designed to 
the inertia load factors established 
under the certification basis of the air-
plane. 

(b) No person may operate a trans-

port category airplane unless it is 
equipped at each required flight at-
tendant seat in the passenger compart-
ment with a combined safety belt and 
shoulder harness that meets the appli-
cable requirements specified in § 25.785 
of this chapter, except that— 

(1) Shoulder harnesses and combined 

safety belt and shoulder harnesses that 
were approved and installed before 
March 6, 1980, may continue to be used; 
and 

(2) Safety belt and shoulder harness 

restraint systems may be designed to 
the inertia load factors established 
under the certification basis of the air-
plane. 

§ 91.523

Carry-on baggage. 

No pilot in command of an airplane 

having a seating capacity of more than 
19 passengers may permit a passenger 
to stow baggage aboard that airplane 
except— 

(a) In a suitable baggage or cargo 

storage compartment, or as provided in 
§ 91.525; or 

(b) Under a passenger seat in such a 

way that it will not slide forward under 
crash impacts severe enough to induce 
the ultimate inertia forces specified in 
§ 25.561(b)(3) of this chapter, or the re-
quirements of the regulations under 
which the airplane was type certifi-
cated. Restraining devices must also 
limit sideward motion of under-seat 
baggage and be designed to withstand 
crash impacts severe enough to induce 
sideward forces specified in § 25.561(b)(3) 
of this chapter. 

§ 91.525

Carriage of cargo. 

(a) No pilot in command may permit 

cargo to be carried in any airplane un-
less— 

(1) It is carried in an approved cargo 

rack, bin, or compartment installed in 
the airplane; 

(2) It is secured by means approved 

by the Administrator; or 

(3) It is carried in accordance with 

each of the following: 

(i) It is properly secured by a safety 

belt or other tiedown having enough 
strength to eliminate the possibility of 
shifting under all normally anticipated 
flight and ground conditions. 

(ii) It is packaged or covered to avoid 

possible injury to passengers. 

(iii) It does not impose any load on 

seats or on the floor structure that ex-
ceeds the load limitation for those 
components. 

(iv) It is not located in a position 

that restricts the access to or use of 
any required emergency or regular 
exit, or the use of the aisle between the 
crew and the passenger compartment. 

(v) It is not carried directly above 

seated passengers. 

(b) When cargo is carried in cargo 

compartments that are designed to re-
quire the physical entry of a crew-
member to extinguish any fire that 
may occur during flight, the cargo 
must be loaded so as to allow a crew-
member to effectively reach all parts 
of the compartment with the contents 
of a hand fire extinguisher. 

§ 91.527

Operating in icing conditions. 

(a) No pilot may take off an airplane 

that has frost, ice, or snow adhering to 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00760

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

751 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.531 

any propeller, windshield, stabilizing 
or control surface; to a powerplant in-
stallation; or to an airspeed, altimeter, 
rate of climb, or flight attitude instru-
ment system or wing, except that take-
offs may be made with frost under the 
wing in the area of the fuel tanks if au-
thorized by the FAA. 

(b) No pilot may fly under IFR into 

known or forecast light or moderate 
icing conditions, or under VFR into 
known light or moderate icing condi-
tions, unless— 

(1) The aircraft has functioning deic-

ing or anti-icing equipment protecting 
each rotor blade, propeller, windshield, 
wing, stabilizing or control surface, 
and each airspeed, altimeter, rate of 
climb, or flight attitude instrument 
system; 

(2) The airplane has ice protection 

provisions that meet section 34 of Spe-
cial Federal Aviation Regulation No. 
23; or 

(3) The airplane meets transport cat-

egory airplane type certification provi-
sions, including the requirements for 
certification for flight in icing condi-
tions. 

(c) Except for an airplane that has 

ice protection provisions that meet the 
requirements in section 34 of Special 
Federal Aviation Regulation No. 23, or 
those for transport category airplane 
type certification, no pilot may fly an 
airplane into known or forecast severe 
icing conditions. 

(d) If current weather reports and 

briefing information relied upon by the 
pilot in command indicate that the 
forecast icing conditions that would 
otherwise prohibit the flight will not 
be encountered during the flight be-
cause of changed weather conditions 
since the forecast, the restrictions in 
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section 
based on forecast conditions do not 
apply. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–310, 74 FR 62696, Dec. 1, 
2009] 

§ 91.529

Flight engineer requirements. 

(a) No person may operate the fol-

lowing airplanes without a flight crew-
member holding a current flight engi-
neer certificate: 

(1) An airplane for which a type cer-

tificate was issued before January 2, 

1964, having a maximum certificated 
takeoff weight of more than 80,000 
pounds. 

(2) An airplane type certificated after 

January 1, 1964, for which a flight engi-
neer is required by the type certifi-
cation requirements. 

(b) No person may serve as a required 

flight engineer on an airplane unless, 
within the preceding 6 calendar 
months, that person has had at least 50 
hours of flight time as a flight engineer 
on that type airplane or has been 
checked by the Administrator on that 
type airplane and is found to be famil-
iar and competent with all essential 
current information and operating pro-
cedures. 

§ 91.531

Second in command require-

ments. 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 

(b) of this section, no person may oper-
ate the following airplanes without a 
pilot designated as second in command: 

(1) Any airplane that is type certifi-

cated for more than one required pilot. 

(2) Any large airplane. 
(3) Any commuter category airplane. 
(b) A person may operate the fol-

lowing airplanes without a pilot des-
ignated as second in command: 

(1) Any airplane certificated for oper-

ation with one pilot. 

(2) A large airplane or turbojet-pow-

ered multiengine airplane that holds a 
special airworthiness certificate, if: 

(i) The airplane was originally de-

signed with only one pilot station; or 

(ii) The airplane was originally de-

signed with more than one pilot sta-
tion, but single pilot operations were 
permitted by the airplane flight man-
ual or were otherwise permitted by a 
branch of the United States Armed 
Forces or the armed forces of a foreign 
contracting State to the Convention on 
International Civil Aviation. 

(c) No person may designate a pilot 

to serve as second in command, nor 
may any pilot serve as second in com-
mand, of an airplane required under 
this section to have two pilots unless 
that pilot meets the qualifications for 
second in command prescribed in § 61.55 
of this chapter. 

[Docket FAA–2016–6142, Amdt. 91–351, 83 FR 
30282, June 27, 2018] 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00761

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

752 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.533 

§ 91.533

Flight attendant require-

ments. 

(a) No person may operate an air-

plane unless at least the following 
number of flight attendants are on 
board the airplane: 

(1) For airplanes having more than 19 

but less than 51 passengers on board, 
one flight attendant. 

(2) For airplanes having more than 50 

but less than 101 passengers on board, 
two flight attendants. 

(3) For airplanes having more than 

100 passengers on board, two flight at-
tendants plus one additional flight at-
tendant for each unit (or part of a unit) 
of 50 passengers above 100. 

(b) No person may serve as a flight 

attendant on an airplane when required 
by paragraph (a) of this section unless 
that person has demonstrated to the 
pilot in command familiarity with the 
necessary functions to be performed in 
an emergency or a situation requiring 
emergency evacuation and is capable of 
using the emergency equipment in-
stalled on that airplane. 

§ 91.535

Stowage of food, beverage, 

and passenger service equipment 
during aircraft movement on the 
surface, takeoff, and landing. 

(a) No operator may move an aircraft 

on the surface, take off, or land when 
any food, beverage, or tableware fur-
nished by the operator is located at 
any passenger seat. 

(b) No operator may move an aircraft 

on the surface, take off, or land unless 
each food and beverage tray and seat 
back tray table is secured in its stowed 
position. 

(c) No operator may permit an air-

craft to move on the surface, take off, 
or land unless each passenger serving 
cart is secured in its stowed position. 

(d) No operator may permit an air-

craft to move on the surface, take off, 
or land unless each movie screen that 
extends into the aisle is stowed. 

(e) Each passenger shall comply with 

instructions given by a crewmember 
with regard to compliance with this 
section. 

[Doc. No. 26142, 57 FR 42672, Sept. 15, 1992] 

§§ 91.536–91.599

[Reserved] 

Subpart G—Additional Equipment 

and Operating Requirements 
for Large and Transport Cat-
egory Aircraft 

S

OURCE

: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34318, Aug. 

18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. 

§ 91.601

Applicability. 

This subpart applies to operation of 

large and transport category U.S.-reg-
istered civil aircraft. 

§ 91.603

Aural speed warning device. 

No person may operate a transport 

category airplane in air commerce un-
less that airplane is equipped with an 
aural speed warning device that com-
plies with § 25.1303(c)(1). 

§ 91.605

Transport category civil air-

plane weight limitations. 

(a) No person may take off any trans-

port category airplane (other than a 
turbine-engine-powered airplane cer-
tificated after September 30, 1958) un-
less— 

(1) The takeoff weight does not ex-

ceed the authorized maximum takeoff 
weight for the elevation of the airport 
of takeoff; 

(2) The elevation of the airport of 

takeoff is within the altitude range for 
which maximum takeoff weights have 
been determined; 

(3) Normal consumption of fuel and 

oil in flight to the airport of intended 
landing will leave a weight on arrival 
not in excess of the authorized max-
imum landing weight for the elevation 
of that airport; and 

(4) The elevations of the airport of in-

tended landing and of all specified al-
ternate airports are within the altitude 
range for which the maximum landing 
weights have been determined. 

(b) No person may operate a turbine- 

engine-powered transport category air-
plane certificated after September 30, 
1958, contrary to the Airplane Flight 
Manual, or take off that airplane un-
less— 

(1) The takeoff weight does not ex-

ceed the takeoff weight specified in the 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00762

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

753 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.607 

Airplane Flight Manual for the ele-
vation of the airport and for the ambi-
ent temperature existing at the time of 
takeoff; 

(2) Normal consumption of fuel and 

oil in flight to the airport of intended 
landing and to the alternate airports 
will leave a weight on arrival not in ex-
cess of the landing weight specified in 
the Airplane Flight Manual for the ele-
vation of each of the airports involved 
and for the ambient temperatures ex-
pected at the time of landing; 

(3) The takeoff weight does not ex-

ceed the weight shown in the Airplane 
Flight Manual to correspond with the 
minimum distances required for take-
off, considering the elevation of the 
airport, the runway to be used, the ef-
fective runway gradient, the ambient 
temperature and wind component at 
the time of takeoff, and, if operating 
limitations exist for the minimum dis-
tances required for takeoff from wet 
runways, the runway surface condition 
(dry or wet). Wet runway distances as-
sociated with grooved or porous fric-
tion course runways, if provided in the 
Airplane Flight Manual, may be used 
only for runways that are grooved or 
treated with a porous friction course 
(PFC) overlay, and that the operator 
determines are designed, constructed, 
and maintained in a manner acceptable 
to the Administrator. 

(4) Where the takeoff distance in-

cludes a clearway, the clearway dis-
tance is not greater than one-half of— 

(i) The takeoff run, in the case of air-

planes certificated after September 30, 
1958, and before August 30, 1959; or 

(ii) The runway length, in the case of 

airplanes certificated after August 29, 
1959. 

(c) No person may take off a turbine- 

engine-powered transport category air-
plane certificated after August 29, 1959, 
unless, in addition to the requirements 
of paragraph (b) of this section— 

(1) The accelerate-stop distance is no 

greater than the length of the runway 
plus the length of the stopway (if 
present); and 

(2) The takeoff distance is no greater 

than the length of the runway plus the 
length of the clearway (if present); and 

(3) The takeoff run is no greater than 

the length of the runway. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34318, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–256, 63 FR 8321, Feb. 18, 
1998] 

§ 91.607

Emergency exits for airplanes 

carrying passengers for hire. 

(a) Notwithstanding any other provi-

sion of this chapter, no person may op-
erate a large airplane (type certificated 
under the Civil Air Regulations effec-
tive before April 9, 1957) in passenger- 
carrying operations for hire, with more 
than the number of occupants— 

(1) Allowed under Civil Air Regula-

tions § 4b.362 (a), (b), and (c) as in effect 
on December 20, 1951; or 

(2) Approved under Special Civil Air 

Regulations SR–387, SR–389, SR–389A, 
or SR–389B, or under this section as in 
effect. 

However, an airplane type listed in the 
following table may be operated with 
up to the listed number of occupants 
(including crewmembers) and the cor-
responding number of exits (including 
emergency exits and doors) approved 
for the emergency exit of passengers or 
with an occupant-exit configuration 
approved under paragraph (b) or (c) of 
this section. 

Airplane type 

Maximum num-

ber of occupants 

including all 

crewmembers 

Corresponding 

number of exits 

authorized for 

passenger use 

B–307 ........................

61 4 

B–377 ........................

96 9 

C–46 ..........................

67 4 

CV–240 ......................

53 6 

CV–340 and CV–440 

53 

DC–3 .........................

35 4 

DC–3 (Super) ............

39 

DC–4 .........................

86 5 

DC–6 .........................

87 7 

DC–6B .......................

112 11 

L–18 ...........................

17 3 

L–049, L–649, L–749 

87 

L–1049 series ............

96 

M–202 ........................

53 6 

M–404 ........................

53 7 

Viscount 700 series ...

53 

(b) Occupants in addition to those au-

thorized under paragraph (a) of this 
section may be carried as follows: 

(1) For each additional floor-level 

exit at least 24 inches wide by 48 inches 
high, with an unobstructed 20-inch- 
wide access aisleway between the exit 
and the main passenger aisle, 12 addi-
tional occupants. 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00763

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

754 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.609 

(2) For each additional window exit 

located over a wing that meets the re-
quirements of the airworthiness stand-
ards under which the airplane was type 
certificated or that is large enough to 
inscribe an ellipse 19 

× 

26 inches, eight 

additional occupants. 

(3) For each additional window exit 

that is not located over a wing but that 
otherwise complies with paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section, five additional oc-
cupants. 

(4) For each airplane having a ratio 

(as computed from the table in para-
graph (a) of this section) of maximum 
number of occupants to number of 
exits greater than 14:1, and for each 
airplane that does not have at least 
one full-size, door-type exit in the side 
of the fuselage in the rear part of the 
cabin, the first additional exit must be 
a floor-level exit that complies with 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section and 
must be located in the rear part of the 
cabin on the opposite side of the fuse-
lage from the main entrance door. 
However, no person may operate an 
airplane under this section carrying 
more than 115 occupants unless there is 
such an exit on each side of the fuse-
lage in the rear part of the cabin. 

(c) No person may eliminate any ap-

proved exit except in accordance with 
the following: 

(1) The previously authorized max-

imum number of occupants must be re-
duced by the same number of addi-
tional occupants authorized for that 
exit under this section. 

(2) Exits must be eliminated in ac-

cordance with the following priority 
schedule: First, non-over-wing window 
exits; second, over-wing window exits; 
third, floor-level exits located in the 
forward part of the cabin; and fourth, 
floor-level exits located in the rear of 
the cabin. 

(3) At least one exit must be retained 

on each side of the fuselage regardless 
of the number of occupants. 

(4) No person may remove any exit 

that would result in a ratio of max-
imum number of occupants to approved 
exits greater than 14:1. 

(d) This section does not relieve any 

person operating under part 121 of this 
chapter from complying with § 121.291. 

§ 91.609

Flight data recorders and 

cockpit voice recorders. 

(a) No holder of an air carrier oper-

ating certificate or an operating cer-
tificate may conduct any operation 
under this part with an aircraft listed 
in the holder’s operations specifica-
tions or current list of aircraft used in 
air transportation unless that aircraft 
complies with any applicable flight re-
corder and cockpit voice recorder re-
quirements of the part under which its 
certificate is issued except that the op-
erator may— 

(1) Ferry an aircraft with an inoper-

ative flight recorder or cockpit voice 
recorder from a place where repair or 
replacement cannot be made to a place 
where they can be made; 

(2) Continue a flight as originally 

planned, if the flight recorder or cock-
pit voice recorder becomes inoperative 
after the aircraft has taken off; 

(3) Conduct an airworthiness flight 

test during which the flight recorder or 
cockpit voice recorder is turned off to 
test it or to test any communications 
or electrical equipment installed in the 
aircraft; or 

(4) Ferry a newly acquired aircraft 

from the place where possession of it is 
taken to a place where the flight re-
corder or cockpit voice recorder is to 
be installed. 

(b) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c) 

and (e) of this section, an operator 
other than the holder of an air carrier 
or a commercial operator certificate 
may— 

(1) Ferry an aircraft with an inoper-

ative flight recorder or cockpit voice 
recorder from a place where repair or 
replacement cannot be made to a place 
where they can be made; 

(2) Continue a flight as originally 

planned if the flight recorder or cock-
pit voice recorder becomes inoperative 
after the aircraft has taken off; 

(3) Conduct an airworthiness flight 

test during which the flight recorder or 
cockpit voice recorder is turned off to 
test it or to test any communications 
or electrical equipment installed in the 
aircraft; 

(4) Ferry a newly acquired aircraft 

from a place where possession of it was 
taken to a place where the flight re-
corder or cockpit voice recorder is to 
be installed; or 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00764

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

755 

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT 

§ 91.609 

(5) Operate an aircraft: 
(i) For not more than 15 days while 

the flight recorder and/or cockpit voice 
recorder is inoperative and/or removed 
for repair provided that the aircraft 
maintenance records contain an entry 
that indicates the date of failure, and a 
placard is located in view of the pilot 
to show that the flight recorder or 
cockpit voice recorder is inoperative. 

(ii) For not more than an additional 

15 days, provided that the requirements 
in paragraph (b)(5)(i) are met and that 
a certificated pilot, or a certificated 
person authorized to return an aircraft 
to service under § 43.7 of this chapter, 
certifies in the aircraft maintenance 
records that additional time is required 
to complete repairs or obtain a replace-
ment unit. 

(c)(1) No person may operate a U.S. 

civil registered, multiengine, turbine- 
powered airplane or rotorcraft having a 
passenger seating configuration, ex-
cluding any pilot seats of 10 or more 
that has been manufactured after Octo-
ber 11, 1991, unless it is equipped with 
one or more approved flight recorders 
that utilize a digital method of record-
ing and storing data and a method of 
readily retrieving that data from the 
storage medium, that are capable of re-
cording the data specified in appendix 
E to this part, for an airplane, or ap-
pendix F to this part, for a rotorcraft, 
of this part within the range, accuracy, 
and recording interval specified, and 
that are capable of retaining no less 
than 8 hours of aircraft operation. 

(2) All airplanes subject to paragraph 

(c)(1) of this section that are manufac-
tured before April 7, 2010, by April 7, 
2012, must meet the requirements of 
§ 23.1459(a)(7) or § 25.1459(a)(8) of this 
chapter, as applicable. 

(3) All airplanes and rotorcraft sub-

ject to paragraph (c)(1) of this section 
that are manufactured on or after 
April 7, 2010, must meet the flight data 
recorder requirements of § 23.1459, 
§ 25.1459, § 27.1459, or § 29.1459 of this 
chapter, as applicable, and retain at 
least the last 25 hours of recorded in-
formation using a recorder that meets 
the standards of TSO–C124a, or later re-
vision. 

(d) Whenever a flight recorder, re-

quired by this section, is installed, it 
must be operated continuously from 

the instant the airplane begins the 
takeoff roll or the rotorcraft begins 
lift-off until the airplane has com-
pleted the landing roll or the rotorcraft 
has landed at its destination. 

(e) Unless otherwise authorized by 

the Administrator, after October 11, 
1991, no person may operate a U.S. civil 
registered multiengine, turbine-pow-
ered airplane or rotorcraft having a 
passenger seating configuration of six 
passengers or more and for which two 
pilots are required by type certifi-
cation or operating rule unless it is 
equipped with an approved cockpit 
voice recorder that: 

(1) Is installed in compliance with 

§ 23.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), 
(2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g); § 25.1457(a)(1) 
and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), (2) and (3), (e), 
(f), and (g); § 27.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), 
(c), (d)(1)(i), (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g); 
or § 29.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), 
(2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g) of this chap-
ter, as applicable; and 

(2) Is operated continuously from the 

use of the checklist before the flight to 
completion of the final checklist at the 
end of the flight. 

(f) In complying with this section, an 

approved cockpit voice recorder having 
an erasure feature may be used, so that 
at any time during the operation of the 
recorder, information recorded more 
than 15 minutes earlier may be erased 
or otherwise obliterated. 

(g) In the event of an accident or oc-

currence requiring immediate notifica-
tion to the National Transportation 
Safety Board under 49 CFR part 830 of 
its regulations that results in the ter-
mination of the flight, any operator 
who has installed approved flight re-
corders and approved cockpit voice re-
corders shall keep the recorded infor-
mation for at least 60 days or, if re-
quested by the Administrator or the 
Board, for a longer period. Information 
obtained from the record is used to as-
sist in determining the cause of acci-
dents or occurrences in connection 
with the investigation under 49 CFR 
part 830. The Administrator does not 
use the cockpit voice recorder record 
in any civil penalty or certificate ac-
tion. 

(h) All airplanes required by this sec-

tion to have a cockpit voice recorder 
and a flight data recorder, that are 

VerDate Sep<11>2014 

14:00 Mar 14, 2024

Jkt 262047

PO 00000

Frm 00765

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\14\14V2.TXT

PC31

aworley on LAPBH6H6L3 with DISTILLER

background image

756 

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–24 Edition) 

§ 91.611 

manufactured before April 7, 2010, must 
by April 7, 2012, have a cockpit voice 
recorder that also— 

(1) Meets the requirements of 

§ 23.1457(d)(6) or § 25.1457(d)(6) of this 
chapter, as applicable; and 

(2) If transport category, meets the 

requirements of § 25.1457(a)(3), (a)(4), 
and (a)(5) of this chapter. 

(i) All airplanes or rotorcraft re-

quired by this section to have a cockpit 
voice recorder and flight data recorder, 
that are manufactured on or after 
April 7, 2010, must have a cockpit voice 
recorder installed that also— 

(1) Is installed in accordance with the 

requirements of § 23.1457 (except for 
paragraphs (a)(6) and (d)(5)); § 25.1457 
(except for paragraphs (a)(6) and (d)(5)); 
§ 27.1457 (except for paragraphs (a)(6) 
and (d)(5)); or § 29.1457 (except for para-
graphs (a)(6) and (d)(5)) of this chapter, 
as applicable; and 

(2) Retains at least the last 2 hours of 

recorded information using a recorder 
that meets the standards of TSO–C123a, 
or later revision. 

(3) For all airplanes or rotorcraft 

manufactured on or after April 6, 2012, 
also meets the requirements of 
§ 23.1457(a)(6) and (d)(5); § 25.1457(a)(6) 
and (d)(5); § 27.1457(a)(6) and (d)(5); or 
§ 29.1457(a)(6) and (d)(5) of this chapter, 
as applicable. 

(j) All airplanes or rotorcraft re-

quired by this section to have a cockpit 
voice recorder and a flight data re-
corder, that install datalink commu-
nication equipment on or after April 6, 
2012, must record all datalink messages 
as required by the certification rule ap-
plicable to the aircraft. 

(k) An aircraft operated under this 

part under deviation authority from 
part 125 of this chapter must comply 
with all of the applicable flight data 
recorder requirements of part 125 appli-
cable to the aircraft, notwithstanding 
such deviation authority. 

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34318, Aug. 18, 1989, as 
amended by Amdt. 91–226, 56 FR 51621, Oct. 
11, 1991; Amdt. 91–228, 57 FR 19353, May 5, 
1992; Amdt. 91–300, 73 FR 12564, Mar. 7, 2008; 
Amdt. 91–304, 73 FR 73178, Dec. 2, 2008; Amdt. 
91–300, 74 FR 32800, July 9, 2009; Amdt. 91–313, 
75 FR 17045, Apr. 5, 2010; Docket No. FAA– 
2022–1355, Amdt. No. 91–366, 87 FR 75846, Dec. 
9, 2022] 

§ 91.611

Authorization for ferry flight 

with one engine inoperative. 

(a) 

General.  The holder of an air car-

rier operating certificate or an oper-
ating certificate